Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

FORM 10-Q
(Mark One)
ýQUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2017March 31, 2019
OR
¨
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from _________ to _________

Commission File Number: 001-16577
 flagstara09a01a14.jpg
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter).

Michigan  38-3150651
(State or other jurisdiction of  (I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or organization)  Identification No.)
  
5151 Corporate Drive, Troy, Michigan  48098-2639
(Address of principal executive offices)  (Zip code)
(248) 312-2000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Not applicable
(Former name, former address and formal fiscal year, if changed since last report)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes  ý    No  ¨.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).     Yes  ý    No  ¨.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company," and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): 
Large accelerated filer¨ýAccelerated filerý
o
Non-accelerated filer
o  (Do not check if smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company¨
o
  Emerging growth company¨
o
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B)13(a) of the SecuritiesExchange Act  ¨.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  ¨    No  ý.
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:
Title of each classTrading symbolName of each exchange on which registered
Common stockFBCNew York Stock Exchange
As of November 2, 2017, 57,181,536May 8, 2019, 56,480,946 shares of the registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value, were issued and outstanding.


FLAGSTAR BANCORP, INC.
FORM 10-Q
FOR THE QUARTER ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2017MARCH 31, 2019
TABLE OF CONTENTS
   
 
   
Item 1. 
 Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition – September 30, 2017March 31, 2019 (unaudited) and December 31, 20162018 (unaudited)
 Consolidated Statements of Operations – For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and 20162018 (unaudited)
 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income – For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and 20162018 (unaudited)
 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity – For the ninethree months ended September 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and 20162018 (unaudited)
 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – For the ninethree months ended September 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and 20162018 (unaudited)
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
   
 
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
Item 5.
Item 6.


GLOSSARY OF ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

The following list of abbreviations and acronyms are provided as a tool for the reader and may be used throughout this Report, including the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes:
Term Definition Term Definition
AFS Available for Sale HELOCHELOAN Home Equity Lines of CreditLoan
Agencies Federal National Mortgage Association, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, and Government National Mortgage Association, Collectively HELOANHOLA Home EquityOwners Loan Act
ALCO Asset Liability Committee Home equity second mortgages,Second Mortgages, HELOANs, HELOCs
ALLL Allowance for Loan & Lease Losses HTM Held to Maturity
AOCI Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) LIBOR London Interbank Offered Rate
ASU Accounting Standards Update LHFI Loans Held-for-Investment
Basel III Basel Committee on Banking Supervision Third Basel Accord LHFS Loans Held-for-Sale
C&I Commercial and Industrial LTV Loan-to-Value Ratio
CDARS Certificates of Deposit Account Registry Service Management Flagstar Bancorp’s Management
CFPBCET1 Consumer Financial Protection BureauCommon Equity Tier 1 MBIA MBIA Insurance Corporation
CLTV Combined Loan to Value Ratio MBS Mortgage-Backed Securities
Common Stock Common Shares MD&A Management's Discussion and Analysis
CRE Commercial Real Estate MSR Mortgage Servicing Rights
DFASTDCB Dodd-Frank Stress TestDesert Community Bank N/A Not Applicable
Deposit BetaThe change in the annualized cost of our deposits, compared to the change in the Federal Reserve discount rateNYSENew York Stock Exchange
DOJ United States Department of Justice NYSEOCC New York Stock ExchangeOffice of the Comptroller of the Currency
DTA Deferred Tax Asset OCCOCI Office of the Comptroller of the CurrencyOther Comprehensive Income (Loss)
EVE Economic Value of Equity OTTI Other-Than-Temporary-Impairment
Fannie Mae/FNMAMae Federal National Mortgage Association QTL Qualified Thrift Lending
FASB Financial Accounting Standards Board RWARegulatory Agencies Risk Weighted AssetsBoard of Governors of the Federal Reserve, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, U.S. Department of the Treasury, Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Securities and Exchange Commission
FDIC Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation REOReal estate owned and other nonperforming assets, net
Federal ReserveBoard of Governors of the Federal Reserve SystemRMBSResidential Mortgage-Backed Securities
FHAFederal Housing AdministrationRWARisk Weighted Assets
FHLBFederal Home Loan BankSEC Securities and Exchange Commission
FEMAFICOFair Isaac CorporationSOFRSecured Oversight Financing Rate
FRB Federal Emergency Management AgencySFRSingle Family Residence
FHAFederal Housing AdministrationReserve Bank TARP Preferred Troubled Asset Relief Program Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C
FHLBFreddie Mac Federal Home Loan BankMortgage Corporation TDR Trouble Debt Restructuring
FICOFTE Fair Isaac CorporationFull Time Equivalent Employees UPB Unpaid Principal Balance
FRBGAAP Federal Reserve BankUnited States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles U.S. Treasury United States Department of Treasury
Freddie MacGNMA Federal Home LoanGovernment National Mortgage CorporationAssociation VIE Variable Interest Entities
FTEHELOC Full Time EquivalentHome Equity Lines of Credit XBRL eXtensible Business Reporting Language
GAAPUnited States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles


PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ITEM 2.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following is Management's Discussion and Analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. for the thirdfirst quarter of 2017,2019, which should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes set forth in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q and Part II, Item 8 of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.'s 20162018 Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016.2018.

Certain statements in this Form 10-Q, including but not limited to statements included within the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, as amended. These statements are based on the current beliefs and expectations of our management. Actual results may differ from those set forth in forward-looking statements. See Forward-Looking Statements on page 3832 of this Form 10-Q and Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.'s 20162018 Annual Report oron Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016.2018. Additional information about Flagstar can be found on our website at www.flagstar.com.

Where we say "we," "us," "our," the "Company," "Bancorp" or "Flagstar," we usually mean Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. However, in some cases, a reference to "we," "us," "our," the "Company" or "Flagstar" will include our wholly-owned subsidiary Flagstar Bank, FSB (the "Bank"). See the Glossary of Abbreviations and Acronyms on page 3 for definitions used throughout this Form 10-Q.    

Introduction

We are a leading Michigan-based savings and loan holding company founded in 1993. Our business is primarily conducted through our principal subsidiary, the Bank, a federally chartered stock savings bank founded in 1987. Based on our assets at September 30, 2017, we are one of the largest banks headquartered in Michigan, providingWe provide commercial small business, and consumer banking services and we are the 5th largest bank mortgage originator in the nation.nation and the 5th largest subservicer of mortgage loans nationwide. At September 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, we had 3,4953,996 full-time equivalent employees inclusive of account executives and loan officers.employees. Our common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol "FBC." As of September 30, 2017, we are considered a controlled company for NYSE purposes, because approximately 62.3 percent of our common stock is owned by MP Thrift Investments, L.P. which is managed by MatlinPatterson, a leading global alternative asset manager.

We have a unique,Our relationship-based business model which leverages our full-service bank’s capabilities withand our national mortgage customer baseplatform to create and build enduring commercial relationships with growth opportunities. Our banking network emphasizes the delivery of a complete set of banking and mortgage products and services and we distinguish ourselves by crafting specializedfinancial solutions for our customers, local delivery, high quality customer service and competitive product pricing. Our community bank growth model has focused on attracting seasoned bankers with larger, regional bank lending experience who can bring their long-term customer relationships to Flagstar.customers. At September 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, we operated 99 full service160 full-service banking branches throughout Michigan's major markets where wethat offer a full set of banking products to consumer, commercial, and government customers. Our banking footprint spans Michigan, Indiana, California, Wisconsin, Ohio and contiguous states.

We originate mortgages through a wholesale network of brokers and correspondents in all 50 states, as well as 95our own loan officers from 72 retail locations in 2722 states representing the combined retail branchesand two call centers, which includes our direct lending team. We are also a leading national servicer of Flagstarmortgage loans and Opes Advisors' mortgage division. The Bank has the opportunity to expand these relationships by providing warehouseprovide complementary ancillary offerings including MSR lending, mortgage servicing advance lending and other services to our third party originators. Servicing and subservicing of loans provides fee income and generates a stable long-term source of funding through company controlled deposits.recapture services.

We believe our transformation into a strong commercial bank, our flexibleRecent Acquisitions

In the fourth quarter of 2018, we closed on the purchase of 52 branches from Wells Fargo located in Indiana, Michigan, Wisconsin and Ohio. In the first quarter of 2018, we closed on the purchase of the mortgage servicing platform,loan warehouse business from Santander Bank and focus on service creates a significant competitive advantagecompleted the acquisition of eight Desert Community Bank branches located in the markets in which we compete. The management team we have assembled is focused on developing substantial and attractive growth opportunities that generate profitable results from operations. We believe our lower risk profile and strong capital level position us to take advantage of opportunities to deliver attractive shareholder returns over the long term.San Bernardino County, California. For further information, see Note 2 - Acquisitions.

Operating Segments

Our operations are conducted through our three operating segments: Community Banking, Mortgage Originations, and Mortgage Servicing. Additionally, our Other segment includes the remaining reported activities. For additionalfurther information, please see MD&A - Operating Segments and Note 1918 - Segment Information.


Selected Financial Ratios
(Dollars in millions, except share data)
Three Months Ended March 31,
Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,2019 2018
2017 2016 (1) 2017 2016 (1)(In millions and percentages)
Selected Mortgage Statistics:          
Mortgage rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted) (2)
$8,898
 $8,291
 $23,896
 $23,281
Mortgage rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted) (1)
$6,602
 $7,722
Mortgage loans originated
$5,513
 $7,886
Mortgage loans sold and securitized8,924
 8,723
 22,397
 23,611
$5,170
 $7,247
Selected Ratios:          
Interest rate spread2.58% 2.36% 2.56% 2.43%
Interest rate spread (2)
2.69% 2.54%
Net interest margin2.78% 2.58% 2.74% 2.62%3.09% 2.76%
Return on average assets0.99% 1.61% 0.94% 1.40%0.79% 0.82%
Return on average equity11.10% 16.53% 10.23% 12.59%
Return on average common equity11.10% 17.45% 10.23% 14.52%9.16% 9.94%
Equity/assets ratio (average for the period)8.95% 9.75% 9.16% 11.05%
Return on average tangible common equity (3)
11.33% 10.21%
Common equity-to-assets ratio (average for the period)8.59% 8.27%
Efficiency ratio73.5% 59.9% 73.9% 66.9%81.3% 79.7%
Effective tax provision rate32.4% 34.3% 32.3% 33.8%18.4% 20.1%
Average Balances:          
Average common shares outstanding57,162,025
 56,580,238
 57,062,696
 56,556,188
Average fully diluted shares outstanding58,186,593
 57,933,806
 58,133,296
 57,727,262
Average interest-earning assets$14,737
 $12,318
 $13,709
 $11,944
$16,294
 $15,354
Average interest paying liabilities$12,297
 $9,773
 $11,481
 $9,600
Average interest-paying liabilities$12,505
 $12,974
Average stockholders' equity$1,471
 $1,379
 $1,412
 $1,515
$1,583
 $1,414
 September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016 September 30, 2016 (1)
Selected Statistics:     
Book value per common share$25.38
 $23.50
 $22.72
Tangible book value per share (3)

$25.01
 $23.50
 $22.72
Number of common shares outstanding57,181,536
 56,824,802
 56,597,271
Equity-to-assets ratio8.60% 9.50% 9.01%
Common equity-to-assets ratio8.60% 9.50% 9.01%
Capitalized value of MSRs1.15% 1.07% 0.96%
Bancorp Tier 1 leverage (to adjusted avg. total assets) (4)
8.80% 8.88% 8.88%
Bank Tier 1 leverage (to adjusted avg. total assets)9.38% 10.52% 10.55%
Number of banking centers99
 99
 99
Number of FTE3,495
 2,886
 2,881
 March 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 March 31, 2018
 (In millions, except per share data and percentages)
Selected Statistics:     
Book value per common share$27.86
 $27.19
 $24.87
Tangible book value per share (4)
$24.65
 $23.90
 $23.62
Number of common shares outstanding56,480,086
 57,749,464
 57,399,993
Common equity-to-assets ratio8.09% 8.47% 8.05%
Tangible common equity to assets ratio (4)
7.16% 7.45% 7.65%
Capitalized value of mortgage servicing rights1.27% 1.35% 1.27%
Bancorp Tier 1 leverage (to adjusted avg. total assets)8.37% 8.29% 8.72%
Bank Tier 1 leverage (to adjusted avg. total assets)9.04% 8.67% 9.08%
Number of bank branches160
 160
 107
Number of FTE employees3,996
 3,938
 3,659
(1)Includes redemption of TARP Preferred occurring on July 29, 2016, which resulted in a reduction of $372 million in stockholder's equity. Also, includes $250 million issuance of 6.125% Senior Note occurring on July 11, 2016, which was used to redeem and bring current the dividends on the TARP Preferred.
(2)Fallout adjusted refers to mortgage rate lock commitments which are adjusted by a percentage of mortgage loans in the pipeline that are not expected to close based on previous historical experience and the levelimpact of changes in interest rates.
(2)Interest rate spread is the difference between the annualized yield earned on average interest-earning assets for the period and the annualized rate of interest rates.paid on average interest-bearing liabilities for the period.
(3)Excludes goodwill, intangible assets and intangibles of $21 million, zero, and zero at September 30, 2017, December 31, 2016, and September 30, 2016, respectively, included in Other Assets on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition.associated amortization. See Non-GAAP Financial Measures for further information.
(4)Basel III transitional.Excludes goodwill and intangibles of $182 million, $190 million, and $72 million at March 31, 2019, December 31, 2018, and March 31, 2018, respectively. See Non-GAAP Financial Measures for further information.




Executive


Overview

We earned net income of $36 million, or $0.63 per diluted share, in the first quarter of 2019, up $1 million compared to the first quarter of 2018. Diluted earnings per share was up $0.03 over the same period, partially driven by the $50 million share repurchase initiated during the first quarter of 2019. The increase in net income was primarily due to $20 million higher net interest income in the first quarter of 2019 compared to the same period a year ago, driven by growth in interest-earning assets and net interest margin expansion, offset by higher noninterest expense to support our strategic growth initiatives.

The thirdCommunity Banking segment continued to add high-quality loans to the balance sheet with broad-based growth in our loan portfolios, which increased $1.7 billion in the first quarter 2017 resultedof 2019 as compared to the first quarter of 2018. The low-cost deposits acquired through our 2018 banking acquisitions drove a $1.8 billion increase in solid earnings of $40 million, or $0.70 per diluted share. Our transformation intoretail and government deposits over the same period. The increase in earning assets, along with a strong commercial bank continued this quarter. In the nine months ended September 30, 2017,33 basis point expansion in net interest margin, reflecting higher yielding loans and low-cost deposits, drove up net interest income was $47 million on average earning asset growth19 percent, accounting for 54 percent of $1.8 billion, or 15 percent led by increasestotal revenue in our commercial loan portfolio. The expansionthe first quarter of our commercial loan portfolio has generated net interest income growth and provides earnings stability in a challenging mortgage environment. We also continued2019, compared to maintain solid liquidity and disciplined deposit growth, which saw total average deposits increase $244 million, or 349 percent in the first ninequarter of 2018.

We continued to build the Mortgage Servicing segment, more than doubling the number of loans serviced or subserviced over the last 12 months, ending the first quarter of 2019 servicing962,000 accounts. We are positioned to continue to add scale to our servicing business which provides both deposits and a reliable source of fee income.

The mortgage market remained challenging through the first two months of 2017the quarter with improvements in March and we continued to exercise price and expense discipline in the competitive market. Net gain on loan sales decreased $11 million, driven by higher retail deposits.

Evena 15 percent decrease in the currently challenging mortgage market, our mortgage closings increased 3 percentfallout-adjusted lock volume and a 5 basis point decrease in the nine months ended September 30, 2017 compared to the first nine months ended September 30, 2016 driven by our 2017 acquisitions of Opes Advisors (Opes) and the delegated correspondent business of Stearns Lending (Stearns). Ournet gain on loan sale margin was 84 basis points at September 30, 2017 reflectingduring the increase in distributed retail due to the integration of Opes. We believe this shift in mix should positively impact our gain on sale margin going forward.

Our noninterest expense increased $47 million in the first ninethree months ended September 30, 2017March 31, 2019, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2016 largely due to our ongoing growth initiatives and operating expenses from Opes. The remaining expenses, associated with balance sheet expansion and growing Community Bank revenues, reflected our cost discipline and had a very low, incremental efficiency ratio. Credit costs were negligible, as net charge-offs, nonperforming loans and delinquencies remain at very low levels.

The federal banking agencies issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPR) regarding several proposed simplifications of the Basel III capital rules. If enacted as proposed, these changes would accelerate the capital formation necessary to support further balance sheet growth, improve our capital flexibility to better manage the uncertainties of the MSR market and allow us to hold more MSRs which are a high yielding asset that we fund efficiently and hedge well. We believe this should improve our position to continue to execute on our business strategy, matching superior asset generation capabilities, supported by the capital and liquidity to grow the Bank prudently, thereby creating value for our shareholders.same period in 2018.

Earnings Performance Highlights
Three Months Ended September 30,   Nine Months Ended September 30,  Three Months Ended March 31,  
2017 2016 Change 2017 2016 Change2019 2018 Change
(Dollars in millions, except share data)(Dollars in millions, except share data)
Net interest income$103
 $80
 $23
 $283
 $236
 $47
$126
 $106
 $20
Provision (benefit) for loan losses2
 7
 (5) 4
 (9) 13
Provision for loan losses
 
 
Total noninterest income (1)
130
 156
 (26) 346
 389
 (43)109
 111
 (2)
Total noninterest expense171
 142
 29
 465
 418
 47
191
 173
 18
Provision for income taxes20
 30
 (10) 52
 73
 (21)8
 9
 (1)
Net income$40
 $57
 $(17) $108
 $143
 $(35)$36
 $35
 $1
Income per share                
Basic$0.71
 $0.98
 $(0.27) $1.90
 $2.21
 $(0.31)$0.64
 $0.61
 $0.03
Diluted$0.70
 $0.96
 $(0.26) $1.86
 $2.16
 $(0.30)$0.63
 $0.60
 $0.03
(1)Included in both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2016 is a $24 million benefit ($16 million after tax benefit) related to a decrease in the fair value of the Department of Justice ("DOJ") settlement liability.

Comparison to Prior Year Quarter

Net income decreased $17increased $1 million, or $0.03 per diluted share, to $36 million, or $0.63 per diluted share for the three months ended September 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2016. March 31, 2018, primarily due to the following:

Net interest income increased $23 million for the three months ended September 30, 2017, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2016 primarily driven by a $2.4 billion increase in interest-earning assets led by strong commercial loan growth and higher LHFS along with an increase in average rates. The improvement in net interest income was more than offset by a $29 million increase in noninterest expense primarily driven by ongoing growth initiatives and operating expenses associated with the recent acquisition of Opes and a $26 milliondecrease in noninterest income primarily resulting from a $24 million decrease in the fair value of the DOJ settlement liability we recognized in the third quarter of 2016.
Net income decreased $35 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2016. Net interest income increased $47 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2016, primarily driven by growth in interest-earning assets, partially offset by a $9 million

increase in interest expense related to our Senior Notes which were issued in the third quarter 2016 to fund the redemption of our TARP Preferred. The increase in net interest income was offset by an increase in noninterest expense of $47$20 million, primarily driven by an22 percent higher average LHFI, along with a 33 basis point increase in operating expenses associated with our 2017 acquisitions of Opes and Stearns. In addition, we had a decrease in noninterestthe net interest margin.
Noninterest income of $43decreased $2 million, primarily due to loweran $11 million decrease in net gain on loan sales, partially offset by a $6 million increase in loan administration income, resulting from an increase in the number of loans serviced and subserviced.
Noninterest expense increased $18 million, primarily to support growth in our community banking business as a $24 millionresult of our 2018 banking acquisitions and organic growth in our servicing business, partially offset by a decrease in the fair value of the DOJ settlement liability recognized in the third quarter of 2016. In the nine months ended September 30, 2017, our provision for loan losses of $4 million reflects the strong credit quality of our loan portfolios and the sustained low level of net charge-offs. The $9 million benefit for loan losses for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 resulted primarily from the sale of $1.2 billion UPB of performing residential first mortgage loans and $110 million UPB of nonperforming, TDR and non-agency loans.volume related expenses.

Net Interest Income

The following tables present,table presents details on our net interest margin and net interest income on a consolidated basis, interest income from average assets and liabilities, expressed in dollars and yields:basis:
Three Months Ended September 30,Three Months Ended March 31,
2017 20162019 2018
Average
Balance
Interest
Annualized
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
Interest
Annualized
Yield/
Rate
Average
Balance
Interest
Annualized
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
Interest
Annualized
Yield/
Rate
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Interest-Earning Assets          
Loans held-for-sale$4,476
$45
3.99% $3,416
$30
3.51%$3,266
$38
4.72% $4,231
$44
4.12%
Loans held-for-investment          
Residential first mortgage2,594
22
3.32% 2,090
17
3.17%3,044
28
3.64% 2,773
23
3.41%
Home equity486
6
5.11% 460
6
5.03%745
10
5.63% 668
9
5.21%
Other26

4.52% 30

4.59%356
6
7.11% 27

4.56%
Total Consumer loans3,106
28
3.61% 2,580
23
3.52%
Commercial Real Estate1,646
19
4.43% 1,082
9
3.43%
Commercial and Industrial1,073
13
4.77% 633
7
4.27%
Warehouse Lending978
12
4.82% 1,553
17
4.21%
Total Commercial loans3,697
44
4.63% 3,268
33
3.96%
Total consumer loans4,145
44
4.30% 3,468
32
3.76%
Commercial real estate2,250
33
5.66% 1,954
24
4.87%
Commercial and industrial1,594
21
5.39% 1,217
16
5.21%
Warehouse lending1,175
16
5.47% 848
11
5.14%
Total commercial loans5,019
70
5.53% 4,019
51
5.03%
Total loans held-for-investment (1)6,803
72
4.16% 5,848
56
3.77%9,164
114
4.97% 7,487
83
4.44%
Loans with government guarantees264
3
4.58% 432
4
3.88%455
3
2.96% 291
3
3.72%
Investment securities3,101
20
2.58% 2,516
16
2.55%3,258
24
2.91% 3,233
22
2.69%
Interest-earning deposits93

1.23% 106

0.48%151
1
2.77% 112

1.67%
Total interest-earning assets14,737
140
3.77% 12,318
106
3.42%16,294
180
4.43% 15,354
152
3.95%
Other assets1,702
   1,830
  2,144
   1,736
  
Total assets$16,439
   $14,148
  $18,438
   $17,090
  
Interest-Bearing Liabilities          
Retail deposits          
Demand deposits$489
$
0.14% $509
$
0.20%$1,220
$2
0.68% $548
$
0.26%
Savings deposits3,838
7
0.76% 3,751
8
0.77%3,089
7
0.95% 3,490
7
0.81%
Money market deposits276

0.57% 250

0.41%778
1
0.27% 205

0.44%
Certificates of deposit1,182
4
1.19% 1,071
3
1.05%2,488
13
2.13% 1,619
6
1.45%
Total retail deposits5,785
11
0.78% 5,581
11
0.75%7,575
23
1.22% 5,862
13
0.92%
Government deposits          
Demand deposits250

0.43% 243

0.39%305

0.63% 241

0.55%
Savings deposits362
1
0.71% 478
1
0.52%568
3
1.75% 483
2
1.11%
Certificates of deposit329
1
0.89% 355

0.52%297
1
1.94% 401
1
1.19%
Total government deposits941
2
0.70% 1,076
1
0.49%1,170
4
1.51% 1,125
3
1.02%
Wholesale deposits and other35

1.49% 

—%
387
2
2.23% 171
1
1.91%
Total interest-bearing deposits6,761
13
0.78% 6,657
12
0.71%9,132
29
1.30% 7,158
17
0.96%
Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other3,809
11
1.17% 1,073
1
0.44%
Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowings2,725
17
2.54% 4,032
15
1.53%
Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances1,234
6
1.99% 1,576
7
1.81%153
1
1.54% 1,290
7
2.10%
Other long-term debt493
7
5.09% 467
6
4.86%495
7
5.90% 494
7
5.37%
Total interest-bearing liabilities12,297
37
1.19% 9,773
26
1.06%12,505
54
1.75% 12,974
46
1.41%
Noninterest-bearing deposits (2)2,244
   2,469
  3,774
   2,213
  
Other liabilities427
   527
  576
   489
  
Stockholders’ equity1,471
   1,379
  1,583
   1,414
  
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity$16,439
   $14,148
  $18,438
   $17,090
  
Net interest-earning assets$2,440
   $2,545
  
Net interest income $103
   $80
  $126
   $106
 
Interest rate spread (3) 2.58%  2.36% 2.69%  2.54%
Net interest margin (4) 2.78%  2.58% 3.09%  2.76%
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities 119.9%  126.0% 130.3%  118.3%
(1)Includes nonaccrual loans, forloans. For further information relating toon nonaccrual loans, see Note 45 - Loans Held-for-Investment.
(2)Includes noninterest-bearing company controlledcustodial deposits that arise due to the servicing of loans for others.
(3)Interest rate spread is the difference between rates of interest earned on interest-earning assets and rates of interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities.
(4)Net interest margin is net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

 Nine Months Ended September 30,
 2017 2016
 
Average
Balance
Interest
Annualized
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
Interest
Annualized
Yield/
Rate
 (Dollars in millions)
Interest-Earning Assets       
Loans held-for-sale$4,014
$119
3.96% $3,071
$83
3.64%
Loans held-for-investment    
  
Residential first mortgage2,497
62
3.34% 2,365
56
3.14%
Home equity453
17
5.04% 485
19
5.23%
Other26
1
4.52% 29
1
4.82%
Total Consumer loans2,976
80
3.61% 2,879
76
3.51%
Commercial Real Estate1,482
47
4.15% 936
24
3.40%
Commercial and Industrial929
33
4.71% 601
19
4.12%
Warehouse Lending840
30
4.70% 1,279
41
4.25%
Total Commercial loans3,251
110
4.45% 2,816
84
3.94%
Total loans held-for-investment (1)6,227
190
4.05% 5,695
160
3.72%
Loans with government guarantees300
10
4.41% 450
12
3.40%
Investment securities3,093
59
2.55% 2,589
50
2.58%
Interest-earning deposits75
1
1.08% 139
1
0.50%
Total interest-earning assets13,709
379
3.68% 11,944
306
3.40%
Other assets1,697
   1,767
  
Total assets$15,406
   $13,711
  
Interest-Bearing Liabilities       
Retail deposits       
Demand deposits$502
$1
0.16% $479
$1
0.17%
Savings deposits3,899
22
0.76% 3,720
21
0.78%
Money market deposits264
1
0.49% 285
1
0.44%
Certificates of deposit1,116
9
1.12% 789
7
1.21%
Total retail deposits5,781
33
0.76% 5,273
30
0.77%
Government deposits       
Demand deposits228
1
0.41% 234
1
0.39%
Savings deposits410
2
0.59% 432
2
0.52%
Certificates of deposit314
1
0.73% 563
1
0.35%
Total government deposits952
4
0.59% 1,229
4
0.42%
Wholesale deposits and other16

1.21% 

%
Total interest-bearing deposits6,749
37
0.74% 6,502
34
0.70%
Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other3,028
23
1.01% 1,190
4
0.41%
Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances1,211
17
1.92% 1,587
22
1.88%
Other long-term debt493
19
5.06% 321
10
4.05%
Total interest-bearing liabilities11,481
96
1.12% 9,600
70
0.97%
Noninterest-bearing deposits (2)2,098
   2,101
  
Other liabilities415
   495
  
Stockholders’ equity1,412
   1,515
  
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity$15,406
   $13,711
  
Net interest-earning assets$2,228
   $2,344
  
Net interest income $283
   $236
 
Interest rate spread (3)  2.56%   2.43%
Net interest margin (4)  2.74%   2.62%
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities  119.4%   124.4%
(1)Includes nonaccrual loans, for further information relating to nonaccrual loans, see Note 4 - Loans Held-for-Investment.
(2)Includes noninterest-bearing company controlled deposits that arise due to the servicing of loans for others.
(3)Interest rate spread is the difference between rates of interest earned on interest-earning assets and rates of interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities.
(4)Net interest margin is net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following tables presenttable presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for the components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The table distinguishes between the changes related to average outstanding balances (changes in volume while holding the initial rate constant) and the changes related to average interest rates (changes in average rates while holding the initial balance constant). The rate/volume mix variances are allocated to rate.
 Three Months Ended September 30,
 
2017 Versus 2016 Increase (Decrease)
Due to:
 Rate Volume Total
 (Dollars in millions)
Interest-Earning Assets     
Loans held-for-sale$6
 $9
 $15
Loans held-for-investment     
Residential first mortgage1
 4
 5
Total Consumer loans1
 4
 5
Commercial Real Estate5
 5
 10
Commercial and Industrial1
 5
 6
Warehouse Lending1
 (6) (5)
Total Commercial loans7
 4
 11
Total loans held-for-investment8
 8
 16
Loans with government guarantees1
 (2) (1)
Investment securities
 4
 4
Total interest-earning assets$15
 $19
 $34
Interest-Bearing Liabilities     
Interest-bearing deposits$1
 $
 $1
Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other7
 3
 10
Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances1
 (2) (1)
Other long-term debt
 1
 1
Total interest-bearing liabilities9
 2
 11
Change in net interest income$6
 $17
 $23
Nine Months Ended September 30,Three Months Ended March 31,
2017 Versus 2016 Increase (Decrease)
Due to:
2019 Versus 2018 Increase (Decrease)
Due to:
Rate Volume TotalRate Volume Total
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Interest-Earning Assets          
Loans held-for-sale$10
 $26
 $36
$5
 $(11) $(6)
Loans held-for-investment          
Residential first mortgage3
 3
 6
2
 3
 5
Home equity
 (2) (2)1
 
 1
Total Consumer loans3
 1
 4
Commercial Real Estate9
 14
 23
Commercial and Industrial4
 10
 14
Warehouse Lending3
 (14) (11)
Total Commercial loans16
 10
 26
Other2
 4
 6
Total consumer loans5
 7
 12
Commercial real estate5
 4
 9
Commercial and industrial
 5
 5
Warehouse lending1
 4
 5
Total commercial loans6
 13
 19
Total loans held-for-investment19
 11
 30
11
 20
 31
Loans with government guarantees2
 (4) (2)
Investment securities(1) 10
 9
2
 
 2
Interest-earning deposits and other1
 
 1
Total interest-earning assets$30
 $43
 $73
$18
 $10
 $28
Interest-Bearing Liabilities          
Interest-bearing deposits$1
 $2
 $3
$8
 $4
 $12
Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other14
 5
 19
Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowings7
 (5) 2
Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances
 (5) (5)
 (6) (6)
Other long-term debt4
 5
 9
Total interest-bearing liabilities19
 7
 26
15
 (7) 8
Change in net interest income$11
 $36
 $47
$3
 $17
 $20

Comparison to Prior Year Quarter

Net interest income increased $23$20 million, or 2919 percent, for the three months ended September 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, compared to the same period in 2016. This2018. The increase was primarily driven by growth in interest-earningaverage interest earning assets, and an increaseled by continued growth in average rates within the LHFI and LHFS portfolios. This was partially offset by an increase in average rates and average balance on short-term FHLB advances.loans held-for-investment portfolio.

Our netNet interest margin for the three months ended September 30, 2017 was 2.78expanded 33 basis points to 3.09 percent, as compared to 2.582.76 percent, for the three months ended September 30, 2016. The net 20 basis point increase was driven by an increaseprimarily due to growth in higher yieldingour commercial loans and higher interest income on LHFS. This increase wasloan portfolio partially offset by higher average rates on short-termdeposits. Loans held-for-investment saw a 53 basis point increase in average yield, primarily due to higher yields on our commercial loans, driven by increases in rates during 2018. In comparison, our deposit costs, benefiting from the low-cost deposits acquired from our 2018 branch acquisitions, increased only 20 basis points. Excluding the acquired deposits, our deposit costs increased 31 basis points representing a deposit beta of 31 percent. As a result, our net interest margin benefited as our loan yields increased more quickly than our deposit costs in a rising rate environment. Additionally, net interest margin benefited from a $2.4 billion decrease in FHLB advances.advances, which were significantly reduced with proceeds from the Wells Fargo branch acquisition.

For the three months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2016, totalAverage interest-earning assets increased $2.4 billion to $14.7 billion, led by growth in LHFS$940 million primarily due to accumulation of loans in support of residential mortgage backed securitizations. Additionally, the $955 million increasegrowth in LHFI average balance was primarily drivenbalances partially offset by a $526decrease in LHFS average balances. Average commercial loans increased $1.0 billion with broad-based growth across the CRE, C&I, and warehouse loan portfolios. The warehouse lending acquisition in the first quarter of 2018 further contributed to the commercial loan growth. Our consumer loan portfolio increased $677 million, increase in consumer loans throughprimarily due to the addition of high quality jumbo loans and HELOCs andresidential first mortgages to the LHFI portfolio combined with continued growth in our non-auto indirect lending business. The LHFS portfolio decreased $965 million primarily due to 30 percent lower mortgage originations driven primarily by the decline in overall market volume.
Average interest-bearing liabilities decreased $469 million. This was primarily due to a $429 million$2.4 billion reduction in FHLB advances partially offset by a $2.0 billion increase in average commercial loans was consistent with our strategy to growinterest-bearing deposits primarily led by the community bank. Average warehouse loans have decreased $575 million which isdeposits acquired from the Wells Fargo and DCB branch acquisitions in 2018. The decline in average interest-bearing liabilities

was more than offset by increasesgrowth in our C&I and CRE portfolios demonstrating our shift to higher yielding loans.

Average interest-bearing liabilitiesnoninterest-bearing deposits, which increased $2.5$1.6 billion, for the three months ended September 30, 2017, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2016. The increase was primarily driven by a $2.7 billion increase in short-term FHLB advances used to fund our most liquid assets including LHFS.

Comparison to Prior Year to Date

Net interest income increased $47 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, compared to the same period in 2016, primarily driven by growth in interest-earning assets, led by an increase in LHFS, and an increase in average rates. This was partially offset by an increase in average rates and average balances of borrowings, primarily related to short-term FHLB advances and the issuance of our Senior Notes in the third quarter 2016.

Our net interest margin for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 was 2.74 percent, compared to 2.62 percent for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The net 12 basis point increase was positively impacted by an increase in market rates, a higher yielding commercial loan portfolio and stable corecustodial deposits. This improvement was partially offset by higher rates on short-term FHLB advances driven by an increase in market rates and the issuance of our Senior Notes in the third quarter 2016.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2016, average interest-earning assets increased $1.8 billion, led by a $943 million increase in LHFS due to extending turn times and accumulation of loans in support of residential mortgage backed securitizations. The combined $939 million increase in average investment securities and average commercial loans was consistent with our strategy to grow the community bank and enhance the yield on our interest-earning assets. Commercial loans increased 15 percent due to growth in the CRE and C&I portfolios, including growth in home builder lending all of which more than offset the decrease in warehouse lending.

Average interest-bearing liabilities increased $1.9 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The increase was primarily driven by a net $1.5 billion increase in FHLB advances used to fund balance sheet growth, $247 million increase in total deposits and the issuance of our Senior Notes in the third quarter 2016.

Provision (Benefit) for Loan Losses

Comparison to Prior Year Quarter

The provision (benefit) for loan losses was a provision of $2 million duringzero for both the three months ended September 30, 2017, compared to a provision of $7 million duringMarch 31, 2019 and the three months ended September 30, 2016. During the three months ended September 30, 2017, the $2 millionMarch 31, 2018. The lack of provision reflects our continued low levelstrong asset quality with consistently low-levels of net charge-offs and the strong credit quality of our loan portfolios. The $7 million provision during the three months ended September 30, 2016 was largely to reserve fordelinquencies, no nonperforming commercial loans, with government guarantees.

Comparison to Prior Year to Date

The provision (benefit) for loan losses was a provision of $4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, compared to a benefit of $9 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The $4 million provision for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 reflects continued low level of net charge-offs and the strong credit qualitygrowth of the loan portfolio. The $9 million benefit for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 resulted primarily from the saleportfolio in areas we believe to pose lower levels of $1.2 billion UPB of performing residential first mortgage loans and $110 million UPB of nonperforming, TDR and non-agency loans.

credit risk. For further information on the provision for loan losses see MD&A - Allowance for Loan Losses.Credit Quality.

Noninterest Income

The following tables provide information on our noninterest income along with additional details related to our net gain on loan sales and other mortgage metrics:
Three Months Ended September 30,   Nine Months Ended September 30,  Three Months Ended March 31,  
2017 2016 Change 2017 2016 Change2019 2018 Change
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Net gain on loan sales$75
 $94
 $(19) $189
 $259
 $(70)$49
 $60
 $(11)
Loan fees and charges23
 22
 1
 58
 56
 2
17
 20
 (3)
Net return on mortgage servicing rights6
 4
 2
Loan administration income11
 5
 6
Deposit fees and charges5
 5
 
 14
 17
 (3)8
 5
 3
Loan administration income5
 4
 1
 16
 14
 2
Net return (loss)on mortgage servicing rights6
 (11) 17
 26
 (21) 47
Representation and warranty benefit4
 6
 (2) 11
 12
 (1)
Other noninterest income12
 36
 (24) 32
 52
 (20)18
 17
 1
Total noninterest income$130
 $156
 $(26) $346
 $389
 $(43)$109
 $111
 $(2)
 Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,
 2017 2016 2017 2016
 (Dollars in millions)
Mortgage rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted) (1)
$8,898
 $8,291
 $23,896
 $23,281
Net margin on mortgage rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted) (1) (2)
0.84% 1.13% 0.79% 1.05%
Gain on loan sales LHFS + net return (loss) on the MSR$81
 $83
 $215
 $223
Mortgage loans sold and securitized8,924 8,723 22,397 23,611
Net margin on loans sold and securitized0.84% 1.08% 0.84% 1.03%
 Three Months Ended March 31,  
 2019 2018 Change
 (Dollars in millions)
Mortgage rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted) (1)
$6,602
 $7,722
 $(1,120)
Net margin on mortgage rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted) (1)(2)
0.72% 0.77% (0.05)%
Mortgage loans sold and securitized$5,170
 $7,247
 $(2,077)
(1)Fallout-adjusted refers to mortgage rate lock commitments which are adjusted by estimates of the percentage of mortgage loans in the pipeline that are not expected to close based on our historical experience and impact of changes in interest rates.
(2)Gain on sale margin is based on net gain on loan sales (excludes net gain on loan sales of $2 million from loans transferred from LHFI during the three months ended March 31, 2019) to fallout-adjusted mortgage rate lock commitments.

Comparison to Prior Year Quarter

Noninterest income decreased $2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2018, primarily due to the following:

Net gain on loan sales decreased $11 million, primarily due to a $1.1 billion decrease in fallout-adjusted rate locks and a 5 basis point decrease in net gain on loan sale margin. The decrease in gain on sale margin was primarily driven by a shift in channel mix toward the lower margin, but lower cost, delegated correspondent channel and the decrease in volume was primarily driven by overall lower mortgage market volume.
Loan administration income increased $6 million, primarily due to higher subservicing income driven by a 450,000 increase in the number of loans subserviced.
Deposit fees and charges increased $3 million, driven by growth in our customer and deposit base as a result of our 2018 branch acquisitions.
Net return on MSRs, including the impact of hedges, increased $2 million, primarily due to increased service fee income as a result of a higher average MSR balance.



Noninterest Expense

The following table sets forth the components of our noninterest expense:
 Three Months Ended March 31,  
 2019 2018 Change
 (Dollars in millions)
Compensation and benefits$87
 $80
 $7
Occupancy and equipment38
 30
 8
Commissions13
 18
 (5)
Loan processing expense17
 14
 3
Legal and professional expense6
 6
 
Federal insurance premiums4
 6
 (2)
Intangible asset amortization4
 
 4
Other noninterest expense22
 19
 3
Total noninterest expense$191
 $173
 $18
Efficiency ratio81.3% 79.7% 1.6%
Average number of FTE3,956
 3,617
 339

Comparison to Prior Year Quarter

Noninterest expense increased $18 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2018. The increase in expense was primarily driven by growth in our community banking business as a result of our 2018 banking acquisitions and organic growth in our servicing business. Compared to the first quarter of 2019, retail demand deposit accounts increased 63 percent, our depreciable asset base grew as we added 52 branches, and the number of loans we service or subservice increased by 485,000 loans, or 102 percent. To support this growth, we also made enhancements and improvements to our information technology platforms over the past year which has resulted in higher amortization. The following provides further information related to the increase in noninterest expense:

Compensation and benefits increased $7 million, or 9 percent, primarily due to 9 percent higher average FTE driven by our 2018 banking acquisitions.
Occupancy and equipment and other noninterest expense increased $8 million and $3 million, respectively, primarily driven by growth in our banking and servicing businesses as discussed above.
Intangible asset amortization increased $4 million, due to the amortization of the intangible assets associated with our 2018 banking acquisitions.
Commissions decreased $5 million, or 28 percent, primarily due to a 30 percent decline in loan origination volume driven by lower mortgage market volume.
Loan processing expense increased $3 million, primarily due to higher loan subservicing expenses resulting from growth in our subservicing business.

Provision for Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes for the three months ended March 31, 2019 was $8 million, compared to a provision of $9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018.

Our effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2019 was 18.4 percent compared to 20.1 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2018. Our effective tax rate differs from the combined federal and state statutory tax rate primarily due to non-taxable bank owned life insurance and other tax-exempt earnings, partially offset by nondeductible expenses.

Operating Segments

Our operations are conducted through three operating segments: Community Banking, Mortgage Originations, and Mortgage Servicing. The Other segment includes the remaining reported activities. The operating segments have been determined based on the products and services offered and reflect the manner in which financial information is currently evaluated by management. Each of the operating segments is complementary to each other and because of the interrelationships


of the segments, the information presented is not indicative of how the segments would perform if they operated as independent entities.

For detail on each segment's objectives, strategies, and priorities, please read this section in conjunction with Note 18 - Segment Information.    

Community Banking

Our Community Banking segment services commercial, governmental and consumer customers in our banking footprint which spans throughout Michigan, Indiana, California, Wisconsin, Ohio and contiguous states. We also serve home builders, correspondents, and commercial customers on a national basis. The Community Banking segment originates loans, and provides deposit and fee based services to consumer, business, and mortgage lending customers.

Our commercial customers are comprised of a diversified range of industries including financial, insurance, service, manufacturing, and distribution. We offer financial products to these customers for use in their normal business operations, as well as providing financing of working capital, capital investments, and equipment. Additionally, our commercial real estate business supports income producing real estate and home builders. The Community Banking segment also offers warehouse lines of credit to non-bank mortgage lenders.

Our Community Banking segment has seen continued growth, both organically and through strategic acquisitions. In the last 12 months, our commercial and consumer loan portfolios have grown 21 percent and 23 percent to $5.6 billion and $4.3 billion, respectively. Average deposits, for the three months ended March 31, 2019 have increased to $10.0 billion, compared to $7.7 billion, for the same period in 2018. The DCB and Wells Fargo branch acquisitions in 2018 expanded our banking footprint and added $2.1 billion in average deposits to the Community Banking segment for the three months ended March 31, 2019. For further information on our banking acquisitions, see Note 2 - Acquisitions.
 Three Months Ended March 31,  
Community Banking2019 2018 Change
 (Dollars in millions)
Summary of Operations     
Net interest income$103
 $69
 $34
(Provision) benefit for loan losses(1) (1) 
Net interest income after (provision) benefit for loan losses102
 68
 34
Net (loss) on loan sales(6) (2) (4)
Other noninterest income12
 8
 4
Total noninterest income6
 6
 
Compensation and benefits(24) (17) (7)
Other noninterest expense and directly allocated overhead(41) (26) (15)
Total noninterest expense(65) (43) (22)
Income before indirect overhead allocations and income taxes43
 31
 12
Overhead allocations(10) (11) 1
(Provision) for income taxes(7) (4) (3)
Net income$26
 $16
 $10
Key Metrics     
Efficiency Ratio59.9% 57.7% 2.2%
Return on average assets1.1% 0.8% 0.3%
Average number of FTE employees1,308
 798
 510

Comparison to Prior Year Quarter

The Community Banking segment reported net income of $26 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to $16 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018. The $10 million increase in net income was primarily due to a $34 million increase in net interest income, primarily driven by $1.7 billion higher average LHFI due to organic growth in both our commercial and consumer loan portfolios, enhanced by our 2018 banking acquisitions. To support our investments relating to organic growth, acquisitions, and the diversification of our product offerings, our operating costs increased $22 million, primarily due to increases in compensation and benefits, intangible asset amortization, and occupancy and equipment.



Mortgage Originations

We are a leading national originator of residential first mortgages. Our Mortgage Origination segment originates and acquires one-to-four family residential mortgage loans primarily to sell, or in some instances, to hold in our LHFI portfolio in the Community Banking segment. We originate certain mortgage loans, including jumbo and non-conforming loans, for our LHFI portfolio which generates interest income in the Community Banking segment. The Community Banking segment purchases these loans from the Mortgage Origination segment which results in the recognition of a gain on loan sales by the Mortgage Origination segment and a loss on loan sales in the Community Banking segment. We utilize multiple distribution channels to originate or acquire mortgage loans on a national scale.
 Three Months Ended March 31,  
Mortgage Originations2019 2018 Change
 (Dollars in millions)
Summary of Operations     
Net interest income$23
 $31
 $(8)
(Provision) benefit for loan losses
 
 
Net interest income after (provision) benefit for loan losses23
 31
 (8)
Net gain on loan sales55
 62
 (7)
Other noninterest income16
 19
 (3)
Total noninterest income71
 81
 (10)
Compensation and benefits(24) (29) 5
Other noninterest expense and directly allocated overhead(36) (41) 5
Total noninterest expense(60) (70) 10
Income before indirect overhead allocations and income taxes34
 42
 (8)
Overhead allocation(10) (18) 8
(Provision) for income taxes(5) (5) 
Net income$19
 $19
 $
Key Metrics     
Mortgage rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted) (1)
$6,602
 $7,722
 $(1,120)
Efficiency Ratio64.3% 62.0% 2.3%
Return on average assets1.6% 1.4% 0.2%
Average number of FTE employees1,285
 1,653
 (368)
(1)Fallout adjusted refers to mortgage rate lock commitments which are adjusted by a percentage of mortgage loans in the pipeline that are not expected to close based on our historical experience and the levelimpact of changes in interest rates.
(2)Gain on sale margin is based on net gain on loan sales related to LHFS to fallout-adjusted mortgage rate lock commitments.

Comparison to Prior Year Quarter

Total noninterestThe Mortgage Originations segment reported net income decreased $26of $19 million duringfor both the three months ended September 30, 2017, compared to the same period in 2016.

Net gain on loan sales decreased $19 million duringMarch 31, 2019 and the three months ended September 30, 2017, comparedMarch 31, 2018. Net interest income decreased $8 million primarily due to the three months ended September 30, 2016. Thea decrease of $965 million in average LHFS balances. Net gain on loans sales decreased $7 million driven by $1.1 billion fewer fallout-adjusted locks and a 5 basis point decline in net gain on loan sales margin decreased 24 basis points with fallout adjusted lock yields decreasing 0.29 basis points to 0.84 percent primarily due to more competitive pricing. Lower margins were partially offset by a 7.3 percent increasesale margin. The decrease in fallout adjusted mortgage locks driven primarily by the Opes and Stearns acquisitions that occurred in 2017.

Net return on MSRs (including the impact of economic hedges) increased $17 million during the three months ended September 30, 2017, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2016. The increasevolume was primarily driven by improvements in fair value due to a more stable prepayment environmentoverall lower mortgage market volume and improvements in our hedging program, partially offset by a decrease in service fee income resulting fromthe lower MSR balance due to sales that occurred throughout 2017.

Other noninterest income decreased $24 million during the three months ended September 30, 2017, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2016 due to a $24 million reduction in the DOJ settlement liability that occurred in the third quarter of 2016.

Comparison to Prior Year to Date

Total noninterest income decreased $43 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2017, compared to the same period in 2016.

Net gain on loan sales decreased $70 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2017, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The net gain on loan sales margin decreased 19 basis pointswas primarily driven by more competitive pricing and our decision to extend turn times on sales of LHFS which shifts earnings from gain on sale to net interest income. Duringa shift in channel mix toward the nine months ended September 30, 2017, turn times on sales of LHFS were an average of 52 days compared to an average of 35 days during the nine months ended September 30, 2016. As of September 30, 2017, we continue to selectively decide whether to extend turn times on sale of LHFS if, in its estimation, such extensions provide favorable economics.lower margin, but lower cost, delegated correspondent channel. The decrease in net gain on loan sales was also attributed to the sale of performing LHFI that occurred during the nine months ended September 30, 2016 which resulted in a $14 million gain. The decreases in net gain on loan sales were partially offset by a shift in mix which includes an$2 million increase in distributed retailnet return on MSRs, primarily due to the integrationincreased service fee income as a result of Opes.

Deposit fees and chargesa higher average MSR balance. In addition, noninterest expense decreased $3$10 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2017, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The decrease was primarily due to lower exchange fee incomemortgage volume related expenses and a decrease in compensation and benefits resulting from limitations set by the Durbin amendment, which became applicable to the Bank on July 1, 2016.

Net return on MSRs was $26 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, compared to a loss of $21 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The $47 million increase was primarily driven by a more stable prepayment environment and improvements in our hedging program, partially offset by lower servicing fee income resulting from a lower MSR balance and higher transaction costs driven by MSR sales that occurred in the first nine months of 2017. During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we sold MSRs with a fair value of $260 million.

Other noninterest income decreased $20 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2017, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The decrease was primarily due to a $24 million reduction in the DOJ settlement liability that occurred in the third quarter of 2016.average FTE.

Noninterest Expense

The following table sets forth the components of our noninterest expense:
 Three Months Ended September 30,   Nine Months Ended September 30,  
 2017 2016 Change 2017 2016 Change
 (Dollars in millions)
Compensation and benefits$76
 $69
 $7
 $219
 $203
 $16
Commissions23
 16
 7
 49
 40
 9
Occupancy and equipment28
 21
 7
 75
 64
 11
Loan processing expense15
 13
 2
 41
 40
 1
Legal and professional expense7
 5
 2
 22
 20
 2
Other noninterest expense22
 18
 4
 59
 51
 8
Total noninterest expense$171
 $142
 $29
 $465
 $418
 $47
Efficiency ratio73.5% 59.9% 13.6% 73.9% 66.9% 7.0%
            
 September 30, 2017 June 30, 2017 Change September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016 Change
Number of FTE3,495
 3,432
 63
 3,495
 2,886
 609


Comparison to Prior Year Quarter

Noninterest expense increased $29 million to $171 million during the three months ended September 30, 2017, compared to $142 million during the three months ended September 30, 2016. The increase is driven by growth initiatives and operating expenses associated with the recent acquisition of Opes which will support future revenue growth. Increases in those related expenses include an increase in compensation and benefits due to higher headcount, an increase in commissions attributable to increased loan production, and an increase in occupancy and equipment costs to support the capital needs of our expanded business.

Comparison to Prior Year to Date

Noninterest expense increased $47 million to $465 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2017, compared to $418 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The increase was primarily driven by higher operating expenses associated with growth initiatives and our 2017 acquisitions of Opes and Stearns, including an increase in compensation and benefits due to an increase in headcount and higher commissions. Additionally, noninterest expense increased as a result of higher occupancy and equipment to support the capital needs of our expanded business and an increase in advertising related to a direct mail and brand awareness campaign.

Provision (benefit) for Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017 was $20 million and $52 million, respectively, compared to a provision of $30 million and $73 million during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2016, respectively.

Our effective tax provision rate for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017 was 32.4 percent and 32.3 percent, respectively, compared to 34.3 percent and 33.8 percent for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2016, respectively.

Our effective tax provision rate for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017 differs from the combined federal and state statutory tax rate primarily due to a benefit from tax-exempt earnings, partially offset by nondeductible expenses.

For further information, see Note 15 - Income Taxes.

Loan Originations, Sales and Servicing

The majority of our total loan originations during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 represented mortgage loans that were collateralized by residential first mortgages on single-family residences and were eligible for sale to the Agencies. During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, sales of loans totaled $22.4 billion, or 90.8 percent of originations compared to $23.6 billion, or 99.0 percent of originations during the nine months ended September 30, 2016, with the decrease primarily due to the accumulation of loans in support of our residential mortgage backed securitizations. As of September 30, 2017, we had outstanding commitments to sell $6.6 billion of mortgage loans. Generally, these commitments are funded within 120 days. At September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, consumer LHFS totaled $4.9 billion and $3.2 billion, respectively, which are primarily residential mortgage loans. The $1.7 billion increase is the result of seasonally higher mortgage activity and the accumulation of loans in support of our next residential mortgage backed securitization.

On October 31, 2017, the Company closed on a securitization of $576 million of residential mortgage-backed certificates (RMBS) issued by Flagstar Mortgage Trust 2017-2 (FSMT 2017-2). On July 31, 2017, the Company closed on a securitization of $444 million of RMBS issued by Flagstar Mortgage Trust 2017-1 (FSMT 2017-1). Both loan sales are comprised of loans Flagstar originated through our retail, broker and correspondent channels. The collateral consists of high-quality 15 to 30 year, fully amortizing conforming and jumbo fixed-rate loans.

In addition, we originate or purchase residential first mortgage loans, other consumer loans, and commercial loans for our LHFI portfolios. Our revenues include noninterest income from sales of residential first mortgages to the Agencies, net interest income, and revenue from servicing of loans for others.

We utilize multiple production channels to originate or acquire mortgage loans on a national scale to generate high returns on capital. This helps grow the servicing business and provides stable, low cost funding for the Community Bank segment. We continue to leverage technology to streamline the mortgage origination process, thereby bringing service and

convenience to borrowers and correspondents. We also continue to make available to our customers various web-based tools that facilitate the mortgage loan process through each of our production channels. We intend to continue to seek new ways to expand our relationships with borrowers and correspondents to provide the necessary capital and liquidity to grow the Mortgage Servicing and the Community Bank segments.
    
The following table presents loan originations by portfolio:
 Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,
 2017 2016 2017 2016
 (Dollars in millions)
Consumer loans       
Residential first mortgage$9,572
 $9,192
 $24,659
 $23,856
Home equity (1)
94
 50
 225
 137
Total consumer loans9,666
 9,242
 24,884
 23,993
Commercial loans (2)
265
 248
 932
 496
Total loan originations$9,931
 $9,490
 $25,816
 $24,489
(1)Includes second mortgage loans, HELOC loans, and other consumer loans.
(2)Includes commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans.

Additionally, our Mortgage Servicing segment providesservices loans when we hold the MSR asset, and subservices mortgage loans for others through a scalable servicing of residential mortgages for our own LHFI portfolio and may service or subservice loans which we have sold or securitized. Mortgage loans are serviced and subserviced for othersplatform on a fee for service basis and webasis. We may also collect ancillary fees and earn income through the use of noninterest-bearingnoninterest bearing escrows. The loans we service generate custodial deposits which provide a stable funding source which supports interest-earning asset generation in the Community Bank and Mortgage Origination segments. Revenue for those serviced and subserviced loans is earned on a contractual fee basis, with the fees varying based on our responsibilities and the delinquency status of the underlying loans. The Mortgage Servicing segment also services loans for our LHFI portfolio in the Community Banking segment and our own MSR portfolio in the Mortgage Originations segment for which it earns intersegment revenue on a fee per loan basis.



 Three Months Ended March 31,  
Mortgage Servicing2019 2018 Change
 (Dollars in millions)
Summary of Operations     
Net interest income$3
 $2
 $1
(Provision) for loan losses
 
 
Net interest income after (provision) for loan losses3
 2
 1
Net gain on loan sales
 
 
Noninterest income35
 19
 16
Total noninterest income35
 19
 16
Compensation and benefits(6) (4) (2)
Other noninterest expense and directly allocated overhead(25) (16) (9)
Total noninterest expense(31) (20) (11)
Income before indirect overhead allocations and income taxes7
 1
 6
Overhead allocations(5) (5) 
(Provision) for income taxes
 
 
Net income (loss)$2
 $(4) $6
Key Metrics     
Average number of loans serviced906,271
 458,917
 447,354
Efficiency Ratio81.9% 95.7 % (13.8)%
Return on average assets13.1% (41.4)% 54.5 %
Average number of FTE employees271
 206
 65

The following table presents the UPB (net of write downs) of residential loans serviced and subserviced and the number of accounts associated with those loans.
 September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016
 Amount Number of accounts Amount Number of accounts
 (Dollars in millions)
Residential loan servicing       
Serviced for own loan portfolio (1)
$7,376
 31,135
 $5,816
 29,244
Serviced for others21,342
 87,215
 31,207
 133,270
Subserviced for others (2)
62,351
 296,913
 43,127
 220,075
Total residential loans serviced$91,069
 415,263
 $80,150
 382,589
 March 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 March 31, 2018
 
Unpaid Principal Balance (1)
 Number of accounts 
Unpaid Principal Balance (1)
 Number of accounts 
Unpaid Principal Balance (1)
 Number of accounts
 (Dollars in millions)
Loan servicing           
Subserviced for others (2)
$170,476
 814,248
 $146,040
 705,149
 $77,748
 360,396
Serviced for others21,925
 90,622
 21,592
 88,434
 18,767
 77,426
Serviced for own loan portfolio (3)
7,631
 56,687
 7,438
 57,401
 7,653
 38,291
Total loans serviced$200,032
 961,557
 $175,070
 850,984
 $104,168
 476,113
(1)Includes LHFI (residential first mortgage and home equity), LHFS (residential first mortgage), loans with government guarantees (residential first mortgage), and repossessed assets.UPB, net of write downs, does not include premiums or discounts.
(2)Includes temporary short-term subservicing performed as a result of sales of servicing-released MSRs. Includes repossessed assets.

OPERATING SEGMENTS

Overview

For detail on each segment's objectives, strategies, and priorities, please read this section in conjunction with Note 19 - Segment Information, and other sections of this report for a full understanding of our consolidated financial performance.

The following table presents net income (loss) by operating segment:
 Three Months Ended September 30,   Nine Months Ended September 30,  
 2017 2016 Change 2017 2016 Change
 (Dollars in millions)
Community Banking$10
 $7
 $3
 $26
 $34
 $(8)
Mortgage Originations31
 39
 (8) 87
 99
 (12)
Mortgage Servicing(4) (3) (1) (12) (9) (3)
Other3
 14
 (11) 7
 19
 (12)
Total net income$40
 $57
 $(17) $108
 $143
 $(35)

Community Banking

Comparison to Prior Year Quarter

During the three months ended September 30, 2017, the Community Banking segment reported net income of $10 million, compared to $7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2016. The increase in net income was primarily due to a $9 million increase in net interest income from higher average loan balances, led by growth in commercial loans and higher average loan yields as well as a $6 million improvement in provision for loan losses due to improved credit quality. These increases were partially offset by a $7 million increase in noninterest expense driven by higher volume-driven expenses and growth initiatives which will support future revenue growth.

Comparison to Prior Year to Date

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, the Community Banking segment reported net income of $26 million, compared to $34 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The $8 million decrease in net income was primarily due to a $15 million decrease in net gain on loans sales and a $12 million increase in provision for loan losses, primarily resulting from the sale of performing residential loans out of the LHFI portfolio during the nine months ended September 30, 2016. These decreases were partially offset by a $21 million increase in net interest income due to loan growth, led by an increase in commercial loans and higher average loan yields.

Mortgage Originations

Comparison to Prior Year Quarter

The Mortgage Originations segment's net income decreased $8 million to $31 million during the three months ended September 30, 2017, compared to $39 million in the three months ended September 30, 2016. The decrease was primarily due to a $24 million increase in noninterest expense during the three months ended September 30, 2017, primarily driven by higher compensation and benefits due to growth initiatives and higher commissions resulting from higher loan production. Additionally, the net gain on loans sales decreased $16 million driven by a 29 basis point decrease in margin resulting from a more competitive market and product mix. These decreases in net income were partially offset by a $17 million increase in the net return on MSRs driven by increases in the interest rate environment experienced during the third quarter of 2017 which resulted in lower prepayments and favorable fair value adjustments, as well as a $10 million increase in net interest income primarily due to an increase in mortgage volume and the benefit of extended turn times which shifts earnings from gain on sale to net interest income.

Comparison to Prior Year to Date

The Mortgage Originations segment's net income decreased $12 million to $87 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2017, compared to $99 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The decrease was primarily due to

a $55 million decrease in net gain on loan sales driven by a 26 basis point decrease in margin resulting from product mix and a more competitive market. Other noninterest expense increased $39 million primarily due to higher operating expenses associated with growth initiatives, which include an increase in compensation and benefits and higher commissions resulting from an increase in mortgage volume. These decreases in net income were partially offset by a $47 million increase in net return on MSRs primarily due to an increase in the interest rate environment in the first nine months of 2017 which resulted in lower prepayments and favorable fair value adjustments. Net interest income increased $29 million primarily resulting from an increase in mortgage activity and the benefit of extending turn times.

Mortgage Servicing
(3)Includes LHFI (residential first mortgage, home equity and other consumer), LHFS (residential first mortgage), loans with government guarantees (residential first mortgage), and repossessed assets.

Comparison to Prior Year Quarter

The Mortgage Servicing segment reported net income of $2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to a net loss of $4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2017, comparedMarch 31, 2018. The $6 million increase in net income was primarily due to a net loss of $3 milliongrowth in our subservicing business, which increased by over 450,000 loans, or 126 percent, for the three months ended September 30, 2016.March 31, 2019, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2018. The overall increase in net losses is primarily due toloan servicing volume drove higher noninterest income, including a decrease$15 million increase in loan administration income, partially offset by higher subservicing fees driven by an $11 million increase in average portfolio volume and an improvementnoninterest expense to support growth in other noninterest expenses.volume.


Comparison to Prior Year to DateOther

The Other segment includes the treasury functions, which include the impact of interest rate risk management, balance sheet funding activities and the investment securities portfolios, as well as other expenses of a corporate nature, including corporate staff, risk management, and legal expenses. In addition, the Other segment includes revenue and expenses not directly assigned or allocated to the Community Banking, Mortgage Originations or Mortgage Servicing segment reported a net loss of $12 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, compared to a net loss of $9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The increase in net losses is primarily due to a decrease in loan administration income and a decrease in net interest income due to lower average company controlled deposits, partially offset by higher subservicing fees driven by higher average portfolio volume.segments.

Other
 Three Months Ended March 31,  
Other2019 2018 Change
 (Dollars in millions)
Summary of Operations     
Net interest income (1)
$(3) $4
 $(7)
(Provision) benefit for loan losses1
 1
 
Net interest income (expense) after (provision) benefit for loan losses(2) 5
 (7)
Noninterest income (1)
(3) 5
 (8)
Compensation and benefits(33) (30) (3)
Other noninterest expense and directly allocated overhead (1)
(2) (10) 8
Total noninterest expense(35) (40) 5
Income (loss) before indirect overhead allocations and income taxes(40) (30) (10)
Overhead allocations25
 34
 (9)
(Provision) benefit for income taxes4
 
 4
Net income (loss)$(11) $4
 $(15)
Key Metrics     
Average number of FTE employees1,092
 960
 132
(1)Includes offsetting adjustments made to reclassify income and expenses relating to operating leases and custodial deposits for subservicing clients.

Comparison to Prior Year Quarter

For the three months ended September 30, 2017, theThe Other segment'ssegment reported net income was $3 million, compared to net incomeloss of $14$11 million, for the three months ended September 30, 2016. The $11 million decrease is primarily due to a $24 million decrease in the fair value of the DOJ settlement liability which was recorded in the third quarter of 2016. This decrease is partially offset by an increase in net interest income due to higher average investment balances due to the pulling ahead of planned purchases of investments to take advantage of a higher market return.

Comparison to Prior Year to Date

For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, the Other segment's net income was $7 million,March 31, 2019, compared to net income of $19$4 million for the ninethree months ended September 30, 2016.March 31, 2018. The $12$15 million decrease was primarily duedriven by a $24$7 million decreasereduction in the fair value of the DOJ settlement liability which was recordednet interest income resulting from higher short-term interest rates driving an increase in the third quarter of 2016, partially offsetintersegment funding rates and a $3 million increase in compensation and benefits driven by decreasea 14 percent increase in noninterest expense.average FTE.

RISK MANAGEMENTRisk Management

Like all financial services companies, we engageCertain risks are inherent in our business activities and assume the related risks. The risks we are subject to in the normal course of business include, but are not limited to, credit, regulatory compliance, legal, reputation, liquidity, market, operational, and strategic. We have made significant investmentscontinuously invest in our risk management activities which are focused on ensuring we properly identify, measure and manage such risks across the entire enterprise to maintain safety and soundness and maximize profitability. We hold capital to protect from the risk of unexpected loss.loss arising from these risks.

A comprehensive discussion of risks affecting us can be found in the Risk Factors section included in Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016.2018. Some of the more significant processes used to manage and control credit, market, liquidity market, and operational risks are described in the following paragraphs.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk of loss to us arising from an obligor’s inability or failure to meet contractual payment or performance terms. We provide loans, extend credit, purchase securities, and enter into financial derivative contracts, all of which have related credit risk.

We maintain a strict credit limit,limits in compliance with regulatory requirements, in order to maintain a diversified loan portfolio and manage our credit exposure to any one borrower or obligor.requirements. Under the Home Owners Loan Act ("HOLA")(HOLA), savings associations are generally subject to national bank limits on loans to one borrower. Generally, per HOLA, the Bank may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15 percent of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital plus any portion of the allowance for loan losses not included in the Tier 2 capital. This lending limit was $249$266 million as of September 30, 2017. Flagstar maintainsMarch 31, 2019. We maintain a more conservative maximum internal Bank credit limit than required by HOLA of $100 million (commitment level) to any one borrower/obligor relationship, with the exception of warehouse borrower/obligor relationships which is more conservative than thehave a higher internal Bank limit requiredof $125 million as all advances are fully collateralized by HOLA. Allresidential mortgage loans. We have a tracking and reporting process to monitor lending concentration levels and all credit exposures to a single borrower that exceed $50 million must be approved by the Board of Directors.

The

Our commercial loan portfolio has been built on our relationship-based lending strategy. We provide financing and banking products to our commercial customers in our core banking footprint and will follow those established customer relationships to meet their financing needs in areas outside of our footprint. We have also formed relationship lending on a national scale through our home builder finance and warehouse lending businesses. At March 31, 2019, we had $5.6 billion in our commercial loan portfolio with our home builder finance and warehouse lending businesses accounting for 43 percent of the total. Of the remaining commercial loans in our portfolio, the majority of CRE and C&I loans were with customers who have established relationships within our core banking footprint. For all of our commercial loans, we use strict underwriting standards and adhere to granular concentration limits to manage the credit risk is associated with lending activities, as the acceptancein our portfolio.

We have built our consumer loan portfolio by adding high quality first mortgage loans to our balance sheet making up 71.6 percent of our total consumer loan portfolio at March 31, 2019. We have also grown our home equity loans and managementlines of credit as well as our other consumer loan portfolio, led by our non-auto indirect lending business. The consumer loan portfolio has been built on strong underwriting criteria and within concentration limits intended to diversify our risk is central to profitable lending. We manage our credit risk by establishing sound credit policies for underwriting and adhering to well controlled processes. We utilize various credit risk management and monitoring activities to mitigate risks associated with loans that we hold, acquire, and originate.profile.

Loans held-for-investment

The following table summarizes loans held-for-investment by category:
September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016 ChangeMarch 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 Change
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Consumer loans          
Residential first mortgage$2,665
 $2,327
 $338
$3,100
 $2,999
 $101
Home equity(1)496
 443
 53
796
 731
 65
Other26
 28
 (2)433
 314
 119
Total consumer loans3,187
 2,798
 389
4,329
 4,044
 285
Commercial loans    
    
Commercial real estate (1)
1,760
 1,261
 $499
2,324
 2,152
 172
Commercial and industrial1,097
 769
 328
1,651
 1,433
 218
Warehouse lending1,159
 1,237
 (78)1,632
 1,459
 173
Total commercial loans4,016
 3,267
 749
5,607
 5,044
 563
Total loans held-for-investment$7,203
 $6,065
 $1,138
$9,936
 $9,088
 $848
(1)Includes $270 millionsecond mortgages, HELOCs and $245 million of owner occupied commercial real estate loans at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.HELOANs.

Loans held-for-investment increased $1.1 billion, at September 30, 2017 from December 31, 2016. This increase was dueWe continue to our continued effort to grow both the consumer loan portfolio and commercial loan portfolio.


The commercial loan portfolio growth strengthensstrengthen our Community Banking segment by improving margins through the additions of higher yielding loans. As a result, thegrowing interest earning assets. Our commercial loan portfolio has grown $749$563 million, or 2311 percent, sincefrom December 31, 2016. During the nine months ended September 30, 2017,2018 to March 31, 2019, driven by broad-based growth in all categories. In addition, our CREconsumer loan portfolio grew $499has increased $285 million, or 7 percent, from December 31, 2018 to March 31, 2019, led by a $119 million increase in other consumer loans, primarily due to growth in our indirect lending business, and C&I $328 million.

For further information, see Note 4 - Loans Held-for-Investment.a $101 million increase in residential first mortgage loans.
    
Residential first mortgage loans. We originate or purchase various types of conforming and non-conforming fixed and adjustable rate loans underwritten using Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guidelines for the purpose of purchasing or refinancing owner occupied and second home properties. We typically hold certain mortgage loans in LHFI that do not qualify for sale to the Agencies or that have an acceptable yield and risk profile. The LTV requirements on our residential first mortgage loans vary depending on occupancy, property type, loan amount, and FICO scores. Loans with LTVs exceeding 80 percent are required to obtain mortgage insurance. We hold for investment, higher yielding loans and loans that will diversify or enhance the interest rate characteristics of our balance sheet.         


The following table presents our total residential first mortgage LHFI by major category:
September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016March 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Current estimated LTV ratios   
Less than 80% and refreshed FICO scores (1):
   
Estimated LTVs (1)
   
Less than 80% and refreshed FICO scores (2):
   
Equal to or greater than 660$2,389
 $2,077
$2,504
 $2,462
Less than 66076
 95
51
 54
80% and greater and refreshed FICO scores (1):
   
80% and greater and refreshed FICO scores (2):
   
Equal to or greater than 660132
 78
501
 448
Less than 6608
 9
35
 29
U.S. government guaranteed60
 68
9
 6
Total$2,665
 $2,327
$3,100
 $2,999
Geographic region      
California$1,059
 $858
$1,275
 $1,238
Michigan267
 236
328
 314
Florida193
 193
Texas174
 138
205
 193
Washington160
 136
202
 195
Florida196
 195
Illinois97
 84
104
 103
Arizona73
 65
75
 72
Colorado74
 72
New York72
 68
73
 73
Colorado66
 60
Maryland65
 59
54
 57
Others439
 430
514
 487
Total$2,665
 $2,327
$3,100
 $2,999
(1)LTVs reflect loan balance at the date reported, as a percentage of property values as appraised at loan origination.
(2)FICO scores are updated at least on a quarterly basis or soonermore frequently, if available.
        
The following table presents our total residential first mortgage LHFI as of March 31, 2019, by year of origination:
 2019 2018 2017 2016 2015 and Prior Total
 (Dollars in millions)  
Residential first mortgage loans$236
 $635
 $701
 $556
 $972
 $3,100
Percent of total7.6% 20.5% 22.6% 17.9% 31.4% 100.0%

Home equity. Our home equity portfolio includes first andHELOANs, second lien positions for HELOANsmortgage loans, and HELOCs. These loans require full documentation and are underwritten and priced in an effort to ensure high credit quality and loan profitability. Our debt-to-income ratio on second mortgagesHELOANs is capped at 43 percent and for HELOCs is capped at 45 percent. We currently limit the maximum CLTV to 89.99 percent and FICO scores to a minimum of 660. Current secondSecond mortgage loans/HELOANSHELOANs are fixed rate loans and are available with terms up to 1520 years. HELOC loans are adjustable-ratevariable-rate loans that contain a 10-year interest-onlyinterest only draw period followed by a 20-year amortizing period. At March 31, 2019, HELOCs and HELOANs in a first lien position totaled $131 million.

Other consumer loans. Our other consumer loan portfolio consists of secured and unsecured loans originated through our branches and our indirect lending business. At March 31, 2019, other consumer loans increased to $433 million compared to $314 million at December 31, 2018. The increase is primarily due to growth in our non-auto indirect lending business, driven by our established relationships with dealers for the origination of boat and recreational vehicle consumer loans, combined with the purchase of a $51 million UPB of non-auto loans during the three months ended March 31, 2019.

Commercial real estate loans. The commercial real estate portfolio contains loans collateralized by diversified property types which are primarily income producing in the normal course of business. The majority of our retail exposure is to neighborhood strip centers and single tenant locations, which include drug stores. Generally, the maximum LTV is 80 percent, or 85 percent for owner-occupied real estate, and the debt service coverage is 1.20 to 1.35 times. At March 31, 2019, our


average LTV and average debt service coverage for our CRE portfolio was 52 percent and 1.75 times, respectively. Our CRE loans earn interest at a variable rate.

We have an established a national home builder finance program and at March 31, 2019, our commercial portfolio contained $1.6 billion in commitments, with $779 million in outstanding loans. The majority of these loans are collateralized and included in our CRE portfolio while the remaining loans are unsecured and included in our C&I portfolio.

The following table presents our total CRE LHFI by collateral location and collateral type:
 MI TX CA CO FL Other Total % by collateral type
 (Dollars in millions)  
March 31, 2019               
Home Builder$1
 $189
 $76
 $141
 $101
 $122
 $630
 27.1%
Owner Occupied263
 4
 26
 
 5
 59
 357
 15.4%
Retail (1)191
 1
 6
 4
 
 99
 301
 13.0%
Multi family115
 54
 7
 21
 15
 54
 266
 11.4%
Office178
 
 16
 
 3
 53
 250
 10.8%
Hotel/motel95
 17
 13
 
 
 39
 164
 7.1%
Senior Living facility26
 25
 
 
 
 69
 120
 5.2%
Industrial54
 
 5
 
 
 21
 80
 3.4%
Parking garage/Lot24
 
 
 
 
 16
 40
 1.7%
Land - Residential4
 
 13
 
 8
 4
 29
 1.2%
Single family residence26
 
 
 
 
 1
 27
 1.2%
Shopping Mall (2)4
 
 13
 
 
 
 17
 0.7%
Non Profit1
 
 2
 1
 4
 3
 11
 0.5%
All Other (3)8
 3
 1
 
 2
 18
 32
 1.3%
Total$990
 $293
 $178
 $167
 $138
 $558
 $2,324
 100.0%
Percent by state42.6% 12.6% 7.7% 7.2% 5.9% 24.0% 100.0%  
(1)Includes multipurpose retail space, neighborhood centers, strip centers and single-use retail space.
(2)One located in California, two located in Michigan.
(3)All other primarily includes: mini-storage facilities, data centers, movie theater, etc.

Commercial and industrial loans. Commercial and industrial LHFI facilities typically include lines of credit and term loans and leases to businesses for use in normal business operations to finance working capital, equipment and capital purchases, acquisitions and expansion projects. We lend to customers with a history of profitability and a long-term business model. Generally, leverage conforms to industry standards and the minimum debt service coverage is 1.20. Most1.20 times. The majority of our C&I loans earn interest at a variable rate.


The following table presents our total C&I LHFI by borrower's geographic location and industry type:
 Michigan Texas Florida California Tennessee Other Total % by industry
 (Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017               
Industry Type               
Financial & Insurance$23
 $
 $50
 $
 $12
 $228
 $313
 28.5%
Services (1)
71
 73
 
 34
 
 114
 292
 26.6%
Manufacturing61
 5
 
 23
 
 87
 176
 16.0%
Healthcare29
 7
 1
 1
 44
 27
 109
 9.9%
Distribution57
 
 
 2
 
 
 59
 5.4%
Servicing advances
 
 21
 
 
 25
 46
 4.2%
Rental & leasing44
 
 
 
 
 2
 46
 4.2%
Government & education9
 
 
 
 
 36
 45
 4.1%
Commodities5
 
 
 
 
 6
 11
 1.0%
Total$299
 $85
 $72
 $60
 $56
 $525
 $1,097
 100.0%
Percent by state27.3% 7.7% 6.6% 5.5% 5.1% 47.9% 100.0%  
(1)Includes unsecured home builder loans of $98 million at September 30, 2017.

Commercial real estate loans. Flagstar has a well-diversified commercial real estate portfolio, largely based in Michigan. Generally, the maximum LTV is 80 percent, or 85 percent for owner-occupied real estate, and debt service coverage of 1.20 to 1.35 times. This portfolio also includes owner occupied real estate loans and secured home builder loans.
 MI CA OH IN WI TX SC VA Other Total % by industry
 (Dollars in millions)  
March 31, 2019                     
Financial & Insurance$26
 $3
 $16
 $12
 $26
 $62
 $74
 $72
 $126
 $417
 25.2%
Services119
 45
 3
 7
 
 21
 
 
 130
 325
 19.7%
Manufacturing123
 5
 42
 1
 7
 13
 
 
 103
 294
 17.8%
Home Builder Finance
 10
 11
 
 
 79
 
 
 49
 149
 9.0%
Government & Education65
 4
 5
 22
 
 
 
 
 33
 129
 7.8%
Distribution80
 14
 2
 2
 
 
 
 
 14
 112
 6.8%
Healthcare2
 13
 
 1
 19
 9
 1
 
 59
 104
 6.3%
Rental & Leasing76
 
 
 1
 
 
 
 
 20
 97
 5.9%
Servicing Advances
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 15
 15
 0.9%
Commodities4
 
 
 1
 
 
 
 
 4
 9
 0.6%
Total$495
 $94
 $79
 $47
 $52
 $184
 $75
 $72
 $553
 $1,651
 100.0%
Percent by state30.0% 5.7% 4.8% 2.8% 3.1% 11.1% 4.5% 4.4% 33.6% 100.0%  

In 2016, we launched a national home builder finance program to grow our balance sheet, increase commercial deposits and develop incremental revenue through our retail purchase mortgage channel. We finance and have active relationships with homebuilders nationwide. At September 30, 2017, home builder loans totaled $516 million. Of that $98 million is unsecured which is included in our C&I portfolio and $418 million is collateralized which is included in our CRE portfolio. We had an additional $505 million of unused home builder lending commitments at September 30, 2017.
The following table presents our total CRE LHFI by borrower's geographic location and collateral type:
 Michigan Florida California Colorado Texas Ohio Other Total (1)
 (Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017               
Collateral Type               
Single family residence (2)
$54
 $78
 $28
 $80
 $81
 $
 $51
 $372
Retail (3)
185
 30
 7
 
 
 5
 14
 241
Apartments125
 23
 
 7
 
 47
 39
 241
Industrial155
 
 35
 
 
 
 4
 194
Office164
 
 19
 
 
 
 
 183
Land - Residential (4)
11
 21
 32
 24
 11
 
 31
 130
Hotel/motel79
 
 
 
 
 
 35
 114
Senior Living facility50
 
 
 
 
 12
 10
 72
Parking garage/Lot68
 
 
 
 
 
 
 68
Non Profit37
 
 
 
 
 
 10
 47
Shopping Mall (5)
27
 
 
 
 
 
 
 27
Marina23
 
 
 
 
 
 
 23
Movie Theater20
 
 
 
 
 
 
 20
All other (6)
21
 
 1
 
 
 
 6
 28
Total$1,019
 $152
 $122
 $111
 $92
 $64
 $200
 $1,760
Percent by state57.9% 8.6% 6.9% 6.3% 5.2% 3.6% 11.4% 100.0%
(1)Includes $270 million of commercial owner occupied real estate loans at September 30, 2017.
(2)Includes home builder loans secured by SFR 1-4 properties whether under construction or completed.
(3)Includes multipurpose retail space, neighborhood centers, strip centers and single-use retail space.
(4)Land residential includes development and unimproved vacant land.
(5)Comprised of one shopping mall with an anchor store.
(6)All other primarily includes: condominium, mini storage facilities, ice arena, golf course, gas station, car wash, etc.

Warehouse lending. We have a national platform with relationship managers across the country. We offer warehouse lines of credit to other mortgage lenders which allow the lender to fund the closing of residential mortgage loans. Each extension, advance, or draw-down on the line is fully collateralized by residential mortgage loans and is paid off when the lender sells the loan to an outside investor or, in some instances, to the Bank. For the three months ended September 30, 2017, the warehouse advance amount of loans sold to the Bank totaled $2.9 billion or 36.3 percent. For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, the warehouse advance amount of loans sold to the Bank totaled $8.0 billion or 38.5 percent.

Underlying mortgage loans are predominantly originated using the Agencies' underwriting standards. The guideline for debt to tangible net worth is 15 to 1. Despite the contraction in warehouse lending which occurred in the first quarter 2017, we are continuing to focus on increasing market share in the warehouse lending market through our strategic initiative to increase lending to customers who originate loans they then sell to outside third party investors. We have a national platform with relationship managers covering both coasts and a large Michigan-based sales team. The aggregate committed amount of adjustable-rate warehouse lines of credit granted to other mortgage lenders at September 30, 2017March 31, 2019 was $2.7$3.9 billion, of which $1.2$1.6 billion was outstanding, compared to $2.9$3.8 billion at December 31, 2016,2018, of which $1.2$1.5 billion was outstanding.

Credit Quality

Trends in certain credit quality characteristics such as nonperforming loans and past due statisticsin our loan portfolios, remain very strong and continue to show improvement. This is predominantlyare a result of our focus on effectively managing credit risksrisk through our careful underwriting standards and sales of legacy portfolios that included nonperforming and TDR loans which have been replaced by new loans with strong credit characteristics.processes. The credit quality of our loan portfolios is demonstrated by low delinquency levels, minimal charge-offs and low levels of nonperforming loans.

For all loan categories within the consumer and commercial loan portfolio, loans are placed on nonaccrual status when any portion of principal or interest is 90 days past due (or nonperforming), or earlier when we become aware of information indicating that collection of principal and interest is in doubt. While it is the goal of management to collect on loans, we attempt to work out a satisfactory repayment schedule or modification with past due borrowers and will undertake foreclosure proceedings if the delinquency is not satisfactorily resolved. Our practices regarding past due loans are designed to both assist borrowers in meeting their contractual obligations and minimize losses incurred by the Bank. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, the unpaid accrued interest income is reversed. Loans return to accrual status when principal and interest become current and are anticipated to be fully collectible.


Nonperforming assets

The following table sets forth our nonperforming assets:
September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016March 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
LHFI      
Consumer loans      
Residential first mortgage$14
 $18
$12
 $11
Home equity1
 4
1
 1
Commercial   
CRE1
 
Other Consumer1
 
Total nonperforming LHFI16
 22
14
 12
TDRs      
Consumer loans      
Residential first mortgage11
 11
8
 8
Home equity4
 7
2
 2
Total nonperforming TDRs15
 18
10
 10
Total nonperforming LHFI and TDRs (1)
31
 40
24
 22
Real estate and other nonperforming assets, net9
 14
8
 7
LHFS8
 6
13
 10
Total nonperforming assets$48
 $60
$45
 $39
Nonperforming assets to total assets (2)
0.24% 0.39%0.17% 0.16%
Nonperforming LHFI and TDRs to LHFI0.44% 0.67%0.24% 0.24%
Net charge-offs to LHFI ratio (annualized) (1)
0.08% 0.13%
Nonperforming assets to LHFI and repossessed assets (2)
0.58% 0.90%0.33% 0.32%
Nonperforming assets to Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets) + ALLL (2)(3)
2.57% 3.93%
(1)Includes less than 90 day past due performing loans placed on nonaccrual. Interest is not being accrued on these loans.
(2)Ratio excludes LHFS.
(3)Refer to MD&A - Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures for calculation of ratio.LHFS, which are recorded at fair value.

At September 30, 2017, we had $48 million of nonperforming assets compared to $60 million of nonperforming assets at December 31, 2016. This decrease was primarily due to a $7 million decrease in nonperforming consumer LHFI offset by a $1 million increase in nonperforming commercial LHFI at September 30, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016. Additionally, nonperforming TDRs decreased $3 million at September 30, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016. The overall improvement in our nonperforming assets is due to our continued effort to grow our loan portfolio with strong credit quality loans combined with a slowing emergence of nonperforming loans driven by decreased levels of delinquencies.

The ratio of nonperforming assets, excluding LHFS, to total assets decreased to 0.24 percent at September 30, 2017 from 0.39 percent at December 31, 2016. Net charge-offs in the third quarter 2017 were 0.08 percent of LHFI compared to 0.13 percent at December 31, 2016.
The following table sets forth activity related to our nonperforming LHFI and TDRs:
Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,Three Months Ended March 31,
2017 2016 2017 20162019 2018
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Beginning balance$30
 $44
 $40
 $66
$22
 $29
Additions5
 7
 19
 30
5
 4
Reductions          
Principal payments and loan sales(2) (2) (6) (9)
Principal payments(1) (2)
Charge-offs
 
 (2) (4)(1) 
Returned to performing status(1) (8) (1) (15)
 (1)
Transfers to REO(1) (1) (19) (28)(1) (1)
Total nonperforming LHFI and TDRs (1)
$31
 $40
 $31
 $40
$24
 $29
(1)Includes less than 90 day past due performing loans which are deemed nonaccrual. Interest is not being accrued on these loans.loans

As of September 30, 2017, nonperforming consumer loans decreased $9 million from December 31, 2016, due to the sale of nonperforming loans and improvements to the overall credit quality of our loan portfolios. We had a decrease in additions to nonperforming LHFI and TDRs along with an increase in loans returning to performing status during both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to the three and nine months ended September 30, 2016, respectively. During the three months ended September 30, 2017,March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2018, we had no charge-offs.did not have any sales of nonperforming loans.

Delinquencies

The following table sets forth our performing LHFI which are30-89 days past due 30-89 days:performing LHFI:
September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016March 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Performing loans past due 30-89:      
Consumer loans      
Residential first mortgage$3
 $6
$4
 $6
Home equity2
 3
1
 1
Other
 1
3
 
Total consumer loans8
 7
Commercial loans   
Commercial and industrial1
 
Total commercial loans1
 
Total performing loans past due 30-89 days$5
 $10
$9
 $7

Early stage delinquencies remained low with theas at March 31, 2019, loans 30 to 89 days past due loans decreasing to $5were $9 million, at September 30, 2017,or 0.09 percent of total LHFI, compared to $10$7 million, or 0.08 percent of total LHFI, at December 31, 2016. There were no past due commercial loans at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016.2018. For further information, see Note 5 - Loans Held-for-Investment.

Troubled debt restructurings (held-for-investment)

Troubled debt restructurings ("TDRs") are modified loans in which a borrower demonstrates financial difficulties and for which a concession has been granted as a result. Nonperforming TDRs are included in nonaccrual loans. TDRs remain in nonperforming status until a borrower has made payments and is current for at least six consecutive months of payments under the modified terms.months. Performing TDRs are excluded fromnot considered to be nonaccrual loans because it is reasonably assuredso long as we believe that all contractual principal and interest due under the restructured terms will be collected.



The following table sets forth a summary of TDRs by performing status:
September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016March 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Performing TDRs      
Consumer Loans   
Residential first mortgage$20
 $22
$22
 $22
Home equity26
 45
21
 22
Total performing TDRs46
 67
43
 44
Nonperforming TDRs4
 8
   
Nonperforming TDRs at inception but performing for less than six months11
 10
Nonperforming TDRs3
 3
Nonperforming TDRs, performing for less than six months7
 7
Total nonperforming TDRs15
 18
10
 10
Total TDRs (1)
$61
 $85
Total TDRs$53
 $54
ALLL on consumer TDR loans$10
 $10
(1)The ALLL on consumer TDR loans totaled $12 million and $9 million at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

At September 30, 2017March 31, 2019 our total TDR loans decreased $24$1 million compared to December 31, 20162018 primarily due to the sale of nonperforming loansprincipal payments and lower delinquency rates during the nine months ended September 30, 2017.payoffs out-pacing new additions. Of our total TDR loans, 75.582 percent were in performing status at September 30, 2017.    

both March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. For further information, see Note 45 - Loans Held-for-Investment.


Allowance for Loan Losses

The ALLL represents management's estimate of probable losses that are inherent in our LHFI portfolio but which have not yet been realized. For further information, see Note 45 - Loans Held-for-Investment.

The ALLL was $127 million at March 31, 2019, compared to $128 million at December 31, 2018. The ALLL as a percentage of LHFI decreasedwas 1.3 percent at March 31, 2019 compared to 2.01.4 percent as of September 30, 2017 from 2.4 percent as ofat December 31, 2016. This decrease is2018. These decreases are attributable to the continued low levels of delinquencies and net charge-offs in our portfolio. Additionally, ourstrong credit quality, as loan growth has been in both the consumer and commercial loan portfolios consists of high credit quality assets, acrosscombined with sustained low charge-off levels. At March 31, 2019, we had a 1.3 percent allowance coverage on both our consumer and commercial portfolios. At September 30, 2017, our allowance as a percent of our consumer loan portfolio was 2.3 percent and our allowance as percent of our commercial loan portfolio was 1.7 percent.

The percentage of ALLL to LHFI and loans with government guarantees (excluding fair value loans), decreased to 1.9 percent as of September 30, 2017 from 2.2 percent as of December 31, 2016.    portfolio.

The following tables settable sets forth certain information regarding the allocation of our ALLL to each loan category:
September 30, 2017March 31, 2019
Loans
Held-for-Investment
 Percent
of
Portfolio
 Allowance
Amount
 Allowance as a Percent of Loan PortfolioInvestment Loan Portfolio Percent of Portfolio Allowance Amount Allowance as a Percent of Loan Portfolio
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Consumer loans              
Residential first mortgage$2,656
 36.9% $52
 2.0%$3,092
 31.2% $35
 0.3%
Home equity492
 6.8% 20
 4.1%
Home Equity794
 8.0% 16
 0.2%
Other26
 0.4% 1
 3.8%433
 4.4% 4
 %
Total consumer loans3,174
 44.1% 73
 2.3%4,319
 43.6% 55
 0.5%
Commercial loans              
Commercial real estate1,760
 24.5% 42
 2.4%2,324
 23.4% 36
 0.4%
Commercial and industrial1,097
 15.3% 19
 1.7%1,651
 16.6% 30
 0.3%
Warehouse lending1,159
 16.1% 6
 0.5%1,632
 16.4% 6
 0.1%
Total commercial loans4,016
 55.9% 67
 1.7%5,607
 56.4% 72
 0.8%
Total consumer and commercial loans (1)
$7,190
 100.0% $140
 1.9%$9,926
 100.0% $127
 1.3%
(1)Excludes loans carried under the fair value option.

 Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,
 2017 2016 2017 2016
 (Dollars in millions)
Beginning balance$140
 $150
 $142
 $187
Provision (benefit) for loan losses (1)
2
 
 4
 (16)
Charge-offs       
Consumer loans       
Residential first mortgage(1) (7) (6) (26)
Home equity(2) (1) (3) (4)
Other consumer
 (1) (1) (3)
Total charge offs(3) (9) (10) (33)
Recoveries       
Consumer loans       
Residential first mortgage
 
 1
 1
Home equity1
 1
 2
 2
Other consumer
 1
 1
 2
Total recoveries1
 2
 4
 5
Charge-offs, net of recoveries(2) (7) (6) (28)
Ending balance$140
 $143
 $140
 $143
(1)Does not include $7 million provision for loan losses recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations to reserve for repossessed loans with government guarantees during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2016.


The following table provides information on our charge-offs and credit quality ratios:presents changes in ALLL:
 Three Months Ended September 30,   Nine Months Ended September 30,  
 2017 2016 Change 2017 2016 Change
 (Dollars in millions)
Charge-offs, net of recoveries$2
 $7
 $(5) $6
 $28
 $(22)
Charge-offs associated with loans with government guarantees1
 6
 (5) 3
 13
 (10)
Charge-offs associated with the sale or transfer of nonperforming loans and TDRs
 
 
 1
 8
 (7)
Charge-offs, net of recoveries, adjusted (1)
$1
 $1
 $
 $2
 $7
 $(5)
Net charge-offs to LHFI ratio (annualized) (2)
0.08% 0.51% (0.43)% 0.12% 0.66% (0.54)%
Net charge-off ratio, adjusted (annualized)(1)(2)
0.06% 0.15% (0.09)% 0.05% 0.15% (0.10)%
 Three Months Ended March 31,
 2019 2018
 (Dollars in millions)
Beginning balance$128
 $140
Charge-offs   
Consumer loans   
Residential first mortgage(1) (1)
Home equity
 (1)
Other consumer(1) 
Total charge offs(2) (2)
Recoveries   
Consumer loans   
Home equity1
 1
Total recoveries1
 1
Charge-offs, net of recoveries(1) (1)
Ending balance$127
 $139
Net charge-off to LHFI ratio (annualized) (1)
0.05% 0.06%
(1)Excludes charge-offs associated with loans with government guarantees and charge-offs associated with the sale or transfer of nonperforming loans and TDRs.
(2)Excludes loans carried under theat fair value optionvalue.

As a result of the strong credit quality throughout our loan portfolios, net charge-offs for the three months ended September 30, 2017 decreased to $2 million, compared to $7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2016. As a percentage of average LHFI, net charge-offs for the three months ended September 30, 2017 decreased to 0.08 percent from 0.51 percent for the three months ended September 30, 2016.     

Net charge-offs for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 decreased to $6 million, compared to $28 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, primarily from the sale of $110 million UPB of nonperforming, TDR and non-agency loans and net charge-offs associated with loans with government guarantees. As a percentage of average LHFI, net charge-offs for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 decreased to 0.12 percent from 0.66 percent for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, partially driven by sales of nonperforming loans which occurred in the first nine months of 2016.

There were no net charge-offs of commercial loans for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016.    

Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of reduced earnings and/or declines in the net market value of the balance sheet due to changes in market rates. Our primary market risk is interest rate risk which impacts our net interest income, fee income related to interest sensitive activities such as mortgage origination and servicing income, and loan and deposit demand.

We are subject to interest rate risk due to:

The maturity or repricing of assets and liabilities at different times or for different amounts
Differences in short-term and long-term market interest rate changes
The remaining maturity of various assets or liabilities may shorten or lengthen as interest rates change

TheOur Asset/Liability Committee ("ALCO"), which is composed of our executive officers and certain members of other management, monitors interest rate risk on an on-going basis in accordance with policies approved by our board of directors. The ALCO reviews interest rate positions and considers the impact projected interest rate scenarios have on earnings, capital, liquidity, business strategies, and other factors. However, management has the latitude to change interest rate positions within certain limits if, in management's judgment, the change will enhance profitability.profitability or minimize risk.

To assess and manage interest rate risk, sensitivity analysis is used to determine the impact on earnings and the net market value of the balance sheet across various interest rate scenarios, balance sheet trends, and strategies.

Net interest income sensitivity

Management uses a simulation model to analyze the sensitivity of net interest income to changes in interest rates across various interest rate scenarios which demonstrates the level of interest rate risk inherent in the existing balance sheet. The analysis holds the current balance sheet values constant and does not take into account management intervention. In addition, we assume certain correlation rates, often referred to as a “deposit beta,” offor interest-bearing deposits, wherein the

rates paid to customers change at a different pace when comparedrelative to changes in benchmark interest rates. The effect on net interest income over a 12 month time horizon due to hypothetical changes in market interest rates is presented in the table below. In this interest rate shock test,simulation, as of the periods presented, interest rates have been adjusted by instantaneous parallel changes rather than in a ramp testsimulation which applies interest rate changes over time. All rates, short-term and long-term, are changed by the same amount (plus(e.g. plus or minus 200 basis points) resulting in the shape of the yield curve remaining unchanged. The minus 200 basis point shock scenarioFor the scenarios simulated, our established Board policy limit on the change in net interest income is effectively a flattener scenario as rates are floored at zero given15 percent. At March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the current interest rate levels.results of the simulation were within the Board policy limits.



September 30, 2017
March 31, 2019March 31, 2019
Scenario Net interest income $ Change % Change Net interest income $ Change % Change
 (Dollars in millions)   (Dollars in millions) 
200 $458
 $25
 5.9 % $568 $37 7.0%
Constant 433
 
  % $531  —%
(200) 373
 (60) (14.0)% $485 $(46) (8.7)%
December 31, 2016
December 31, 2018December 31, 2018
Scenario Net interest income $ Change % Change Net interest income $ Change % Change
 (Dollars in millions)   (Dollars in millions)  
200 $321
 $19
 6.3 % $503 $25 5.2%
Constant 301
 
  % $478  —%
(200) 245
 (57) (18.9)% $449 $(29) (6.1)%

In the net interest income simulation,simulations, our balance sheet exhibits slight asset sensitivity. When interest rates rise our net interest income increases. Conversely, when interest rates fall our net interest income decreases. At September 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, the $132$53 million increase in the net interest income in the constant scenario as compared to that at December 31, 20162018 was primarily driven by increased size of balance sheet.

As of September 30, 2017, we have also projected the potential impact to netgrowth in our interest income in a hypothetical "bear flattener" interest rate scenario, in which short-term interest rates have been instantaneously increased by 100 basis points while holding the longer term interest rates constant. Over a 12-month and 24-month period, based on our existing balance sheet, the simulation resulted in a loss of $39 million and $52 million, respectively.earning assets.

The net interest income sensitivity analysis has certain limitations and makes various assumptions. Key elements of this interest rate risk exposure assessment include maintaining a static balance sheet and parallel rate shocks. The direction of futureFuture interest rates not moving in a parallel manner across the yield curve, how the balance sheet will respond and shift based on a change in future interest rates and how the Company will respond are not included in this analysis and limit the predictive value of these scenarios.

Economic value of equity

Management also utilizes Economic Value of Equity (EVE), a point in time analysis of the economic value of our current balance sheet position, which measures interest rate risk over a longer term. The EVE calculation represents a hypothetical valuation of equity, and is defined as the market value of assets, less the market value of liabilities, adjusted for the market value of off-balance sheet instruments. The assessment of both short-term earnings (Net Interest Income Sensitivity) and long-term valuation (EVE) approaches provides a more comprehensive analysis of interest rate risk exposure than Net Interest Income Sensitivity alone.
 
There are assumptions and inherent limitations in any methodology used to estimate the exposure to changes in market interest rates and as such, sensitivity calculations used in this analysis are hypothetical and should not be considered to be predictive of future results. This analysis evaluates risks to the current balance sheet only and does not incorporate future growth assumptions. Additionally, the analysis assumes interest rate changes are instantaneous and the new rate environment is constant but does not include actions management may undertake to manage risk in response to interest rate changes. Each rate scenario reflects unique prepayment repricing, and reinvestmentrepricing assumptions. Management derives these assumptions by considering published market prepayment expectations, repricing characteristics, our historical experience, and our asset and liability management strategy. This analysis assumes that changes in interest rates may not affect or could partially affect certain instruments based on their characteristics.



The following table is a summary of the changes in our EVE that are projected to result from hypothetical changes in market interest rates.rates as well as our internal policy limits for changes in our EVE based on the different scenarios. The interest rates, as of the dates presented, are adjusted by instantaneous parallel rate changes upward to +300 basis pointsincreases and downward (100) basis points.decreases as indicated in the scenarios shown in the table below.
September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016
March 31, 2019March 31, 2019 December 31, 2018  
Scenario EVE EVE% $ Change % Change Scenario EVE EVE% $ Change % Change EVE EVE% $ Change % Change Scenario EVE EVE% $ Change % Change Policy Limits
 (Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)  
300 $2,109
 12.6% $(155) (6.9)% 300 $1,927
 13.9% $(173) (8.2)% $2,361
 12.4% $(116) (4.7)% 300 $1,617
 8.8% $(223) (12.1)% 22.5%
200 2,185
 13.0% (79) (3.5)% 200 2,005
 14.4% (95) (4.5)% $2,450
 12.9% $(27) (1.1)% 200 $1,720
 9.4% $(120) (6.5)% 15.0%
100 2,250
 13.4% (14) (0.6)% 100 2,073
 14.9% (28) (1.3)% $2,495
 13.1% $18
 0.7 % 100 $1,794
 9.8% $(46) (2.5)% 7.5%
Current 2,264
 13.5% 
  % Current 2,100
 15.1% 
  % $2,477
 13.0% $
  % Current $1,840
 10.0% $
  % %
(100) 2,233
 13.3% (31) (1.4)% (100) 2,067
 14.9% (33) (1.6)% $2,393
 12.6% $(84) (3.4)% (100) $1,849
 10.1% $9
 0.5 % 7.5%

Our balance sheet exhibits liability sensitivity in a rising interest rate scenario as the EVE decreases.scenario. The decrease in EVE is the result of the amount of liabilities that would be expected to reprice exceeding the amount of assets repriced in the +200 scenario. TheAt March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016 (100)2018, for each scenario shown, the percentage change in our EVE is effectively a flattener scenario as shorter term rates are unable to decrease 100 basis points due to the absolute level of rates. Therefore, the yields of the longer term variable rate assets decrease by the full 100 basis points, but the liabilities repricing to shorter term rates decrease to less than 100 basis points, leading to a reduction in EVE.within our Board policy limits.

Derivative financial instruments

As a part of our risk management strategy, we use derivative financial instruments to minimize fluctuation in earnings caused by interest ratemarket risk. We use interest rate swaps, swaptions and forward sales commitments to hedge our unclosed mortgage origination pipeline and funded mortgage LHFS and MSRs.LHFS. All of our derivatives and mortgage loan production originated for sale are accounted for at fair market value. Changes to mortgage commitments are based on changes in fair value of the underlying loan, which is impacted most significantly by changes in interest rates and changes in the probability that the loan will not fund within the terms of the commitment, referred to as a fallout factor or, pull throughinversely, a pull-through rate. Market risk on interest rate lock commitments and mortgage LHFS is managed using corresponding forward sale commitments. The adequacy of these hedging strategies, and the ability to fully or partially hedge market risk, rely on various assumptions or projections, including a fallout factor.factor, which is based on a statistical analysis of our actual rate lock fallout history. For further information, see Note 89 - Derivative Financial Instruments and Note 1817 - Fair Value Measurements.

Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSRs)

Our MSRs are sensitive to interest rate volatility and are highly susceptible to prepayment risk, basis risk, market volatility and changes in the shape of the yield curve. We utilize derivatives, including interest rate swaps and other fair value assetsswaptions, as part of our overall hedging strategy to manage the impact of changes in the fair value of the MSRs, buthowever these risk management strategies do not completely eliminate repricing risk. Our hedging strategies rely on assumptions and projections regarding assets and general market factors, many of which are outside of our control. If one or more of these assumptions or projections proves to be incorrect our hedging strategies may not adequately mitigate the impact of changes in interest rates or prepayment speeds, and as a result may negatively impact earnings. For further information, see Note 78 - Mortgage Servicing Rights, and Note 89 - Derivative Financial Instruments.Instruments and Note 17 - Fair Value Measurements.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that we will not have sufficient funds, at a reasonable cost, to meet current and future cash flow needs as they become due. The liquidity of a financial institution reflects the ability to, at a reasonable cost, meet loan demand, to accommodate possible outflows in deposits and to take advantage of interest rate and market opportunities. The ability of a financial institution to meet current financial obligations is a function of the balance sheet structure, the ability to liquidate assets, and access to various sources of funds.

Parent Company Liquidity

The Company currently obtains its liquidity primarily from multiple sources, including dividends from the Bank and the issuance of debt and equity securities.Bank. The primary uses of the Company's liquidity are debt service, dividend payments and operating expenses, which includesinclude compensation and benefits, legal and professional expense and general and administrative expenses. At September 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, the Company held $200$138 million of cash at the Bank, or 3.82.9 years of expensefuture cash outflows, dividend payments, share repurchases and debt service coverage.coverage when excluding the redemption of $250 million of senior notes which mature on July 15, 2021.



The OCC and FRB regulates all capital distributions made by the Bank, directly or indirectly, to the holding company, including dividend payments. A subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company, such as the Bank, mustis required to file a notice with the FRB or application with the OCC at least 30 days prior to each proposed capital distribution. Whether an application is required is based on a number of factors including whether the institution qualifies for expedited treatmentas an eligible association under the OCC rules and regulations, the institution would not be at least adequately capitalized following the distribution or if the total amount of all capital distributions (including each proposed capital distribution) for the applicable calendar year exceeds net income for that year to date plus the retained net income for the preceding two years. In addition, as a subsidiary of
a savings and loan holding company, the Bank must receive approval from the FRB before declaring any dividends. Additional restrictions on dividends apply if the Bank fails the QTL test.

As of March 31, 2019, the bank is in compliance with the QTL test. In the third quarter 2017, we paid dividendsaddition, as a subsidiary of $84 milliona savings and loan holding company, a 30-day notice from the Bank must be provided to the Bancorp. To support the on-going debt service and other Bancorp expenses, we also intendFRB prior to reduce our Bancorp double leverage and debt to equity ratios to be more consistent with such ratios at other mid-sized banks, which would likely require further dividend payments from the Bankdeclaring or paying dividends to the Bancorp for the foreseeable future.

For further information and restrictions related to the Bank's payment of dividends, see MD&A - Capital and Regulatory Risk.holding company.

Bank Liquidity
    
We primarily originate agency-eligible LHFSOur primary sources of funding are deposits from retail and therefore the majority of new residential first mortgage loan originations are readily convertiblegovernment customers, custodial deposits related to cash, either by selling them as part of our monthly agency sales, private party whole loan sales, or by pledging them to theloans we service and FHLB of Indianapolis and borrowing against them.borrowings. We use the FHLB of Indianapolis as a significant source for funding our residential mortgage bankingorigination business due to the flexibility in terms of being ablewhich allows us to borrow or repay borrowings as daily cash needs require.

We have arrangements with the FRB of Chicago to borrow as appropriate from its discount window. The discount window is also a borrowing facility that is intended to be used only for short-term liquidity needs arising from special or unusual circumstances. The amount we are allowed to borrow is based on the lendable value of the collateral that we provide. To collateralize the line, we pledge investment securities and loans that are eligible based on FRB of Chicago guidelines. At September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, we had no borrowings outstanding against this line of credit.

The amount we can borrow, or the value we receive for the assets pledged to our liquidity providers, varies based on the amount and type of pledged collateral, as well as the perceived market value of the assets and the "haircut" of the market value of the assets. That value is sensitive to the pricing and policies of our liquidity providers and can change with little or no notice.

Our Consolidated StatementsFurther, other sources of Cash Flows showsliquidity include our LHFS portfolio and unencumbered investment securities. We primarily originate agency-eligible LHFS and therefore the majority of new residential first mortgage loan originations are readily convertible to cash, used in operating activitieseither by selling them as part of $19.2 billion and $10.1 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. This primarily reflects our mortgage operations and is a reflection of the manner in which we execute certainmonthly agency sales, RMBS, private party whole loan sales, for whichor by pledging them to the cash outflowFHLB and borrowing against them. In addition, we have the ability to sell unencumbered investment securities or use them as collateral. At March 31, 2019, we had $1.0 billion available in unencumbered investment securities.

Our liquidity position is considered an operating activitycontinuously monitored and adjustments are made to the corresponding cash inflow is considered an investing activity. Forbalance between sources and uses of funds as deemed appropriate. We balance the period ending September 30, 2017, operating cash flows declined primarily dueliquidity of our loan assets to our election to extend theavailable funding sources. Our LHFI portfolio is primarily funded with stable core deposits whereas our warehouse loans and LHFS may be funded with FHLB borrowings and custodial deposits. Warehouse loans are typically more liquid than other loan assets, as loans are paid within a short amount of time, when the lender sells the loan to an outside investor or, in some instances, to the Bank. As not all asset categories require the same level of liquidity, our loan-to-deposit ratio shows how we hold mortgage-backed securities related tomanage our LHFS portfolio.liquidity position, how much liquidity we have and the agility of our balance sheet. The Company's HFI loan-to-deposit ratio was 71 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2019. Excluding warehouse loans, which have draws that typically pay off within a few weeks, and custodial deposits, which represent mortgage escrow accounts on deposit with the Bank, the HFI loan-to-deposit ratio was 77 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2019.

As governed and defined by our internalBoard liquidity policy, we maintain adequate excess liquidity levels appropriate to cover unanticipated liquidity needs. In addition to this liquidity, we also maintain targeted minimum levels of unused collateralized borrowing capacity as another cushion against unexpected liquidity needs. Each business day, we forecast 90 days of daily cash needs. This allows us to determine our projected near term daily cash fluctuations and also to plan and adjust, if necessary, future activities. As a result, in an adverse environment, we would be able to make adjustments to operations as required to meet the liquidity needs of our business, including adjusting deposit rates to increase deposits, planning for additional FHLB borrowings, accelerating sales of LHFS (agencies and/or private), selling LHFI or investment securities, borrowing through the use of repurchase agreements, reducing originations, making changes to warehouse funding facilities, or borrowing from the discount window.    

Our liquidity position is continuously monitored and adjustments are made to the balance between sources and uses of funds as deemed appropriate. We balance the liquidity of our loan assets to our available funding sources. Our LHFI portfolio is funded with stable core deposits whereas our warehouse and LHFS may be funded with FHLB borrowings.

Management is not aware of any events that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, capital resources or operations.liquidity.



The following table presents primary sources of funding as of the dates indicated:

Liquidity Table
 September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016 Change
 (Dollars in millions)
Demand deposit accounts$1,234
 $1,134
 $100
Savings accounts3,718
 3,887
 (169)
Money market demand accounts291
 247
 44
Certificates of deposit/CDARS1,297
 1,056
 241
Total retail deposits6,540
 6,324
 216
Government deposits1,068
 1,030
 38
Wholesale deposits43
 
 43
Company controlled deposits1,510
 1,446
 64
Total deposits$9,161
 $8,800
 $361
Federal Home Loan Bank advances$5,365
 $2,980
 $2,385
Other long-term debt493
 493
 
Total borrowed funds$5,858
 $3,473
 $2,385
 March 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 Change
 (Dollars in millions)
Retail deposits9,015
 8,854
 161
Government deposits1,187
 1,202
 (15)
Wholesale deposits467
 583
 (116)
Custodial deposits2,784
 1,741
 1,043
Total deposits$13,453
 $12,380
 $1,073
Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other short-term debt$3,351
 $3,394
 $(43)
Other long-term debt495
 495
 
Total borrowed funds$3,846
 $3,889
 $(43)

The following table presents certain liquidity sources and borrowing capacity as of the dates indicated:
 March 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 Change
 (Dollars in millions)
Federal Home Loan Bank advances     
Outstanding Advances$3,080
 $3,143
 $(63)
Line of credit22
 
 22
Total used borrowing capacity3,102
 3,143
 (41)
Borrowing capacity     
Line of credit available8
 30
 (22)
Collateralized borrowing capacity2,976
 2,810
 166
Total unused borrowing capacity2,984
 2,840
 144
      
FRB discount window     
Collateralized borrowing capacity194
 409
 (215)
Unencumbered investment securities     
Agency - Commercial498
 737
 (239)
Agency - Residential466
 475
 (9)
Municipal obligations28
 28
 
Corporate debt obligations53
 41
 12
Other1
 1
 
Total unencumbered investment securities$1,046
 $1,282
 $(236)


Deposits

The following table presents a composition of our deposits:
September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016  March 31, 2019 December 31, 2018  
Balance % of Deposits Balance % of Deposits ChangeBalance % of Deposits Balance % of Deposits Change
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Retail deposits                  
Branch retail deposits                  
Demand deposit accounts$930
 10.2% $852
 9.7% $78
$1,309
 9.7% $1,297
 10.5% $12
Savings accounts3,653
 39.9% 3,824
 43.5% (171)2,766
 20.6% 2,812
 22.7% (46)
Money market demand accounts214
 2.3% 138
 1.6% 76
589
 4.4% 628
 5.1% (39)
Certificates of deposit/CDARS (1)1,295
 14.1% 1,055
 12.0% 240
2,584
 19.2% 2,387
 19.3% 197
Total branch retail deposits6,092
 66.5% 5,869
 66.7% 223
7,248
 53.9% 7,124
 57.6% 124
Commercial retail deposits  

   

  
Commercial deposits (2)
  

   

  
Demand deposit accounts304
 3.3% 282
 3.2% 22
1,221
 9.1% 1,243
 10.0% (22)
Savings accounts65
 0.7% 63
 0.7% 2
373
 2.8% 314
 2.5% 59
Money market demand accounts77
 0.8% 109
 1.2% (32)173
 1.2% 173
 1.4% 
Certificates of deposit/CDARS (1)2
 % 1
 % 1
Total commercial retail deposits448
 4.9% 455
 5.2% (7)1,767
 13.1% 1,730
 13.9% 37
Total retail deposits$6,540
 71.4% $6,324
 71.9% $216
$9,015
 67.0% $8,854
 71.5% $161
Government deposits  

   

    

   

  
Demand deposit accounts$272
 3.0% $250
 2.8% $22
$319
 2.4% $326
 2.6% $(7)
Savings accounts414
 4.5% 451
 5.1% (37)547
 4.1% 567
 4.6% (20)
Certificates of deposit/CDARS (1)382
 4.2% 329
 3.7% 53
321
 2.3% 309
 2.5% 12
Total government deposits (2)1,068
 11.7% 1,030
 11.7% 38
Total government deposits1,187
 8.8% 1,202
 9.7% (15)
Wholesale deposits43
 0.5% 
 % 
467
 3.5% 583
 4.7% (116)
Company controlled deposits (3)1,510
 16.5% 1,446
 16.4% 64
Custodial deposits (3)
2,784
 20.7% 1,741
 14.1% 1,043
Total deposits (4)$9,161
 100.0% $8,800
 100.0% $361
$13,453
 100.0% $12,380
 100.0% $1,073
(1)
The aggregate amount of certificates of deposit with a minimum denomination of $100,000 was approximately $1.3$2.0 billion and $1.0$1.9 billion at September 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016.
2018, respectively.
(2)GovernmentContains deposits include funds from municipalitiescommercial and schools.business banking customers.
(3)These accounts represent a portion of theRepresents investor custodial accounts and escrows controlled by us in connection with loans serviced or subserviced for others and that have been placed on deposit with the Bank.
(4)The aggregate amount ofTotal exposure related to uninsured deposits with a balance over $250,000 was approximately $4.2$3.0 billion and $4.0$2.8 billion at September 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016.2018, respectively.


Total deposits increased $361 million,$1.1 billion, or 4.19 percent at September 30, 2017,March 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2016,2018, driven by $1.0 billion higher custodial deposits primarily due to growth in branch retail deposits. Branch retail deposits increased $223 million at September 30, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016, primarily due to ana 485,000, or 102 percent, increase in retail certificatesnumber of deposit/CDARS.loans serviced or subserviced.

We utilize local governmental agencies and other public units as an additional source for deposit funding. As a
Michigan bank, weWe are not required to hold collateral against our government deposits from Michigan government entities as they are covered by the Michigan Business and Growth Fund. This resultsAt March 31, 2019, we are required to hold collateral for our government deposits in higher margins earnedCalifornia that were in excess of $250,000. In Indiana, Wisconsin and Ohio, we may be required to hold collateral against our government deposits based on a variety of factors including, but not limited to, the size of individual deposits and external bank ratings. At March 31, 2019, collateral held on government deposits in these deposits which can be used to fund loans.states was de minimis. Government deposit accounts include $382$321 million of certificates of deposit with maturities typically less than one year and $686$866 million in checking and savings accounts at September 30, 2017.March 31, 2019.

Company controlledCustodial deposits arise due to our servicing or sub-servicingsubservicing of loans for others and represent the portion of the investor custodial accounts on deposit with the Bank. CertainFor certain subservice agreements, these deposits require us to reimbursecredit the MSR owner for the spread on these funds.interest against subservicing income. This cost is a component of net loan administration income. During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, these deposits increased $64 million, primarily due to the increase in subservicing and taxes and insurance.

Company controlled deposits are used to fund our most liquid assets including LHFS and warehouse loans. As not all asset categories require the same level of liquidity, our loan-to-deposit ratio shows how we manage our liquidity position, how much liquidity we have and the agility of our balance sheet. The Company's HFI loan-to-deposit ratio, which excludes warehouse loans and company controlled deposits, was 78 percent at September 30, 2017, which provides substantial liquidity for continued growth.

We participate in the CDARS program, through which certain customer CDs are exchanged for CDs of similar amounts from other participating banks. This givesbanks and customers the potential tomay receive FDIC insurance up to $50 million. This program helps the Bank secure larger deposits and attract and retain customers. At September 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, we had $199$184 million of total CDs enrolled in the CDARS program. The total CDARS balances decreased $31program, an increase of $7 million at September 30, 2017 from December 31, 2016.2018.



FHLB Advances

The FHLB provides loans, also referred to as advances, on a fully collateralized basis, to savings banks and other member financial institutions. We are required to maintain a minimum amount of qualifying collateral securing FHLB advances. In the event of default, the FHLB advance is similar to a secured borrowing, whereby the FHLB has the right to sell the pledged collateral to settle the fair value of the outstanding advances.

We rely upon advances from the FHLB as a source of funding for the origination or purchase of loans for sale in the secondary market and for providing duration specific short-term and long-term financing. The outstanding balance of FHLB advances fluctuates from time to time depending on our current inventory of mortgage LHFS and the availability of lower cost funding sources. Our portfolio includes short-term fixed rate advances long-term LIBOR adjustable advances, and long-term fixed rate advances. Interest rates on the LIBOR index advances reset every three months and the advances may be prepaid without penalty, with notification, at scheduled three-month intervals after an initial 12-month lockout period.

The FHLB provides loans, also referred to as advances, on a fully collateralized basis, to savings banks and other member financial institutions. We are currently authorized through a resolution of our boardBoard of directorsDirectors to apply for advances from the FHLB using approved loan types as collateral, which includes residential first mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit, and commercial real estate loans. At September 30, 2017, we had the authorityAs of March 31, 2019, our Board of Directors authorized and approval from the FHLB to utilizeapproved a line of credit with the FHLB of up to $7.0$10.0 billion, which is further limited based on our total assets and we may access that line toqualified collateral, as determined by the extent that collateral is provided.FHLB. At September 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, we had $5.4$3.1 billion of advances outstanding and an additional $1.1$3.0 billion of collateralized borrowing capacity available at the FHLB.

Federal Reserve Discount Window
We have arrangements with the FRB of Chicago to borrow from its discount window. The discount window is a borrowing facility that we may utilize for short-term liquidity needs arising from special or unusual circumstances. The amount we are allowed to borrow is based on the lendable value of the collateral that we provide. To collateralize the line, we pledge investment securities and loans that are eligible based on FRB of Chicago guidelines.

At September 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, we pledged collateral, which included commercial loans, municipal bonds, and agency bonds, to the Federal Reserve Discount WindowFRB of Chicago amounting to $435$219 million with a lendable value of $418$194 million. At December 31, 2016,2018, we pledged collateral to the Federal Reserve Discount WindowFRB of Chicago amounting to $496$448 million with a lendable value of $474$409 million. At September 30, 2017We do not typically utilize this available funding source and at March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016,2018, we had no borrowings outstanding against this line of credit.

Debt

As part of our overall capital strategy, we previously raised capital through the issuance of junior subordinated notes to our special purpose trusts formed for the offerings, which issued Tier 1 qualifying preferred stock (trust preferred securities). The trust preferred securities are callable by us at any time. Interest is payable on a quarterly basis; however, we may defer interest payments for up to 20 quarters without default or penalty. At September 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, we had no deferredare current on all interest payments.

On July 11, 2016, Additionally, we previously issued $250 million of senior debt (“Senior NotesNotes”) which mature on July 15, 2021. The proceeds from these notes were used to bring current and redeem our then outstanding TARP Preferred Stock.


Prior to June 15, 2021, we may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to the greater of 100 percent of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes to be redeemed or the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest.

For further information, see Note 910 - Borrowings.

Operational Risk

Operational risk is the risk of loss due to human error; inadequate or failed internal systems and controls; violations of, or noncompliance with, laws, rules and regulations, prescribed practices, or ethical standards; and external influences such as market conditions, fraudulent activities, disasters, and security risks. We continuously strive to strengthenadapt our system of internal controls to ensure compliance with laws, rules, and regulations, and to improve the oversight of our operational risk.

We evaluate internal systems, processes, and controls to mitigate loss from cyber-attacks and, to date, have not experienced any material losses. The goal of this framework is to implement effective operational risk techniques and strategies, minimize operational and fraud losses, and enhance our overall performance.

Natural disasters or other catastrophic events may cause damage or disruption to our operations. We have a nationwide mortgage lending presence through a network of brokers, correspondents and retail locations, as well as employees, customers and loans collateralized by properties across the country. As such, events like Hurricanes Harvey and Irma, as well as the recent California wildfires have the potential to impact our business.

During the third quarter of 2017, Hurricanes Harvey and Irma made landfall in Texas and Florida which represent our second and third largest markets for mortgage originations, respectively. These hurricanes could potentially affect credit losses, our ability to close mortgages and generate new loans, or cause us to incur greater losses when repurchasing FHA loans. While our assessment of the impact of these events is still ongoing, our LHFI portfolio contains approximately $279 million loans at risk within the counties which have been deemed disaster areas by FEMA. Based on our initial assessment, we believe damages and any credit impact from the hurricanes will not be significant and that our allowance coverage levels established at September 30, 2017 are adequate to cover any exposure we might have to further credit risk. In accordance with investor guidelines, homeowners within FEMA counties in Texas, Florida, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands have been offered a 90 day forbearance on their mortgage payments and we are working with borrowers on repayment plans in order to allow them extra time for payments to ease their financial burden.

Loans with government guarantees

Substantially all of our loans with government guarantees continue to be insured or guaranteed by the FHA or the U.S. Department of Veterans AffairsAffairs. In the event of a government guaranteed loan borrower default, Flagstar has a unilateral option to repurchase loans sold to GNMA that are 90 days past due and management believes thatrecover losses through a claims process from the reimbursement process is proceeding appropriately.insurer. Nonperforming repurchased loans in this portfolio earn interest at a rate based upon the 10-year U.S. Treasury note rate from the time the underlying loan becomes delinquent, which is not paid by the FHA until claimed. Additionally, if the Bank cures


the loan, it can be re-sold to GNMA. If not, the Bank can begin the process of collecting the government guarantee by filing a claim in accordance with established guidelines. Certain loans within our portfolio may be subject to indemnifications and insurance limits which exposesexpose us to limited credit risk.

In the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, we experiencedhad zero net charge-offs of $1 million and $3 million, respectively,related to loans with government guarantees and have reserved for the remaining risks within other assets and as a component of our ALLL on residential first mortgages. These charge-offsadditional expenses or charges arise due to insurance limits on VA insured loans and FHA property foreclosure and preservation requirements that may result in a loss in excess of all, or in part of, the guarantee.

Our loans with government guarantees portfolio totaled $253$470 million at September 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, as compared to $365$392 million at December 31, 2016.2018. The decreaseincrease is primarily due to new repurchases out-pacing loans transferred to LHFS and resold to Ginnie Mae out-pacing new purchases.as a result of holding more Ginnie Mae mortgage servicing rights.

For further information, see Note 56 - Loans with Government Guarantees.


Representation and warranty reserve

When we sell mortgage loans, we make customary representations and warranties to the purchasers, including sponsored securitization trusts and their insurers (primarily Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac).

The representation and warranty benefit An estimate of $4the fair value of the guarantee associated with the mortgage loans is recorded in other liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, which was $5 million and $11 million during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017, respectively, was primarily due to lower loss severities for agency repurchases, and sustained lower volumes of repurchases and the continued reduction in our repurchase demand pipeline.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we had $12 million in Fannie Mae new repurchase demands and $6 million in Freddie Mac new repurchase demands. These amounts are downat March 31, 2019, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2016 when we had $14 million in Fannie Mae new repurchase demands and $10 million in Freddie Mac new repurchase demands. The total UPB of 2009 and later vintage loans, which are subject to the representation and warranty reserve, sold to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac was $195 million and $177$7 million at September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016, respectively.
For further information on Representation and Warranty Reserve, see Note 10 - Representation and Warranty Reserve.December 31, 2018.

Regulatory Risks

Consent Orders

On September 29, 2014, the Bank entered into a Consent Order with the CFPB. The Consent Order relates to alleged violations of federal consumer financial laws arising from the Bank’s residential first mortgage loan loss mitigation practices and default servicing operations dating back to 2011. Under the terms of the Consent Order, the Bank paid $28 million for borrower remediation and $10 million in civil money penalties. The settlement does not involve any admission of wrongdoing on the part of the Bank or our employees, directors, officers, or agents. For further information and a complete description of all of the terms of the Consent Order, please refer to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 29, 2014.


Supervisory Agreement

On January 28, 2010, we became subject to theThe Supervisory Agreement which will remain in effect until terminated, modified, or suspended in writing by the Federal Reserve. The failure to comply with the Supervisory Agreement could result in the initiation of further enforcement actionoriginally dated January 27, 2010, was lifted by the Federal Reserve including the imposition of further operating restrictions, and could result in additional enforcement actions against us. We have taken actions which we believe are appropriate to comply with, and intend to maintain compliance with, all of the requirements of the Supervisory Agreement.on August 14, 2018. For further information and a complete description of all of the terms of the Supervisory Agreement, please refer to the copy of the Supervisory Agreement filed with the SEC as an exhibit to our 2016 Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Department of Justice Settlement Agreement

On February 24, 2012, the Bank entered into a Settlement Agreement with the DOJ under which we made an initial payment of $15 million and agreed to make future payments totaling $118 million in annual increments of up to $25 million upon meeting all of the following conditions which are evaluated quarterly and include: (a) the reversal of the DTA valuation allowance, which occurred at the end of 2013; (b) the repayment of the Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C (the "TARP Preferred"), which occurred in July 2016; and (c) the Bank having a Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio of 11 percent or greater as filed in the Call Report with the OCC. At March 31, 2019, the Company had a Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio of 9.04 percent.

No payment would be required until six months after the Bank files its Call Report first reporting that its Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio was 11 percent or greater. If all other conditions were then satisfied, an initial annual payment of $25 million would be due at that time. The next annual payment is only made if all conditions continue to be satisfied, otherwise payments are delayed until all such conditions are again met. Further, making such a payment must not violate any material banking regulatory requirement, and the OCC must not object in writing.
The combination of (a) future dividends from the Bank to Bancorp and (b) continued growth in earning assets at the Bank are expected to continue to limit the growth rate of the Bank’s Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio, which could have an impact on the timing of expected cash flows under the Settlement Agreement.


Consistent with our business and regulatory requirements, Flagstar shall seek in good faith to fulfill the conditions, and will not undertake any conduct or fail to take any action the purpose of which is to frustrate or delay our ability to fulfill any of the conditions.

Additionally, if the Bank or Bancorp become party to a business combination in which the Bank and Bancorp represent less than 33.3 percent of the resulting company’s assets, annual payments would commence twelve months after the date of that business combination.



The Settlement Agreement meets the definition of a financial instrument for which we elected the fair value option. We consider the assumptions a market participant would make to transfer the liability and evaluate the potential ways we might satisfy the Settlement Agreement and our estimates of the likelihood of these outcomes, which may change over time. The fair value of the liability is subject to significant uncertainty and is impacted by forecasted estimates of the timing of potential payments, which are impacted by estimates of equity, earnings, timing and amount of dividends and growth of the balance sheet and their related impacts on forecasted Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio. We consider the assumptions a market participant would make to transfer the liability and evaluate multiple possible outcomes and our estimates ofRatio, the likelihood of these outcomes,the Bank or Bancorp being a party to a business combination resulting in terms which may change over time.    would require payments to commence, or any other means by which a payment could be made. For further information on the fair value of the liability, see Note 17 - Fair Value Measurements.

Capital
    
Under the OCC's capital distribution regulations, a savings bank that is a subsidiary of a savingsManagement actively reviews and loan holding company must either notify or seek approval from the OCC of a capital distribution at least 30 days prior to the declaration of a dividend or the approval by the board of directors of the proposed capital distribution. The 30-day period allows the OCC to determine whether the distribution would not be advisable. Also, under Federal Reserve requirements, the Bank must provide a 30-day notice to the Federal Reserve prior to declaring or paying dividends. In addition, under the Supervisory Agreement, the Company agreed to request prior non-objection of the Federal Reserve to pay dividends or other capital distributions. We seek to managemanages our capital levelsposition and overall business in a manner which we consider to be prudent and work with our regulators to ensure that our capital levels are appropriate considering our risk profile and evaluation of the capital levels maintained by peer institutions.

Regulatory Capital Composition - Transition

The maintenance of appropriate levels of capital is monitored by management on a regular basis.strategy. We manage our funding and capital positions by making adjustments to our balance sheet size and composition and hold capital to protect liability holders from the risk of loss.

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, we must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of our assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Our capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. We are currently subject to regulatory capital rules issued by U.S. banking regulators.

Effective January 1, 2015, we became subject to the Basel III rules, which include certain transition provisions. Capital deductions to the Company's MSRs and deferred tax assets are recognized in 20 percent annual increments, and will be fully recognized as of January 1, 2018. When presented on a fully phased-in basis, capital, risk-weighted assets, and the capital ratios assume all regulatory capital adjustments and deductions are fully recognized. At September 30, 2017, the Company and the Bank were subject to the transitional phase-in limitation on deductions related to MSRs and certain deferred tax assets. The annual incremental change in the deductions due to the increase in the transitional phase-in from 60 percent in 2016 to 80 percent in 2017 reduced our regulatory capital ratios. These transitional phase in amounts increase to 100 percent in 2018.

Effective January 1, 2016, we became subject to the capital conservation buffer under the Basel III rules, subjecting a banking organization to certain limitations on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers if the organization does not maintain a capital conservation buffer above the minimum risk based capital requirements. The capital conservation buffer for 2017 must be greater than 1.25 percent in order to not be subject to limitations. The Company and the Bank had a capital conservation buffer of 7.0 percent and 7.9 percent, respectively, as of September 30, 2017. When fully phased-in on January 1, 2019, the capital conservation buffer must be greater than 2.5 percent.

Dodd-Frank Act Section 171, commonly known as the Collins Amendment, grandfathered the regulatory capital treatment of hybrid securities, such as trust preferred securities issued prior to May 9, 2010, for banks or holding companies with less than $15 billion in total consolidated assets as of December 31, 2009.

At September 30, 2017, we were considered "well-capitalized" for regulatory purposes.

The following tables show the regulatory capital ratios as of the dates indicated:
 September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016
 Amount Ratio Amount Ratio
  (Dollars in millions)
Bancorp       
Tier 1 leverage (to adjusted avg. total assets)$1,423
 8.80% $1,256
 8.88%
Total adjusted avg. total asset base (1)
16,165
   14,149
  
Tier 1 capital (to RWA)$1,423
 13.72% $1,256
 15.12%
Common equity Tier 1 (to RWA)1,208
 11.65% 1,084
 13.06%
Total capital (to RWA)1,554
 14.99% 1,363
 16.41%
Risk-weighted asset base (1)
$10,371
   $8,305
  
 September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016
 Amount Ratio Amount Ratio
  (Dollars in millions)
Bank       
Tier 1 leverage (to adjusted avg. total assets)$1,519
 9.38% $1,491
 10.52%
Total adjusted avg. total asset base (1)
16,191
   14,177
  
Tier 1 capital (to RWA)$1,519
 14.61% $1,491
 17.90%
Common equity Tier 1 (to RWA)1,519
 14.61% 1,491
 17.90%
Total capital (to RWA)1,651
 15.88% 1,598
 19.18%
Risk-weighted asset base (1)
$10,396
   $8,332
  
(1)Based on adjusted total assets for purposes of Tier 1 leverage capital and RWA for purposes Tier 1, common equity Tier 1, and total risk-based capital.

Our Bancorp Tier 1 leverage ratio decreased at September 30, 2017, compared to December 31, 2016, primarily as a result of an increase in average assets during the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

Banks with assets greater than $10 billion are required to submit a DFAST under the final rules established by their primary regulator. DFAST requires banks to project results over a nine-quarter planning horizon under three scenarios (baseline, adverse, and severely adverse) published by the Federal Reserve and to show that the bank would exceed regulatory minimum capital standards for the Tier 1 leverage ratio, Tier 1 common ratio, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, and the Total risk-based capital ratio under all of these scenarios. We are not subject to the Federal Reserve’s Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review program.

Additionally, we conduct quarterly capital stress tests and capital adequacy assessments. These quarterly capital stress testsassessments which utilize internally defined scenarios thatscenarios. These analyses are designed to help management and the Board better understand the integrated sensitivity of various risk exposures through quantifying the potential financial and capital impacts of hypothetical stressful events and scenarios. We make adjustments to our balance sheet composition taking into consideration potential business risks, regulatory requirements and the flexibility to support future growth. We prudently manage our capital position and work with our regulators to ensure that our capital levels are appropriate considering our risk profile.

The capital standards we are subject to include requirements contemplated by the Dodd-Frank Act as well as guidelines reached by Basel III. These risk-based capital adequacy guidelines are intended to measure capital adequacy with regard to a banking organization’s balance sheet, including off-balance sheet exposures such as unused portions of loan commitments, letters of credit, and recourse arrangements. Our capital ratios are maintained at levels in excess of those considered to be "well-capitalized" by regulators. Tier 1 leverage was 8.37 percent at March 31, 2019 providing a 337 basis point stress buffer above the minimum level needed to be considered “well-capitalized.” Additionally, total risk-based capital to RWA was 12.49 percent at March 31, 2019 providing a 249 basis point stress buffer above the minimum level needed to be considered "well-capitalized".

Dodd-Frank Act Section 171, commonly known as the Collins Amendment, established minimum Tier 1 leverage and risk-based capital requirements for insured depository institutions, depository institution holding companies, and non-bank financial companies that are supervised under the Federal Reserve. Under the amendment, certain hybrid securities, such as trust preferred securities, may be included in Tier 1 capital for bank holding companies that had total assets below $15 billion as of December 31, 2009. As we were below $15 billion in assets as of December 31, 2009, the trust preferred securities classified as long term debt on our balance sheet will be included as Tier 1 capital, unless we complete an acquisition of a depository institution holding company or a depository institution and we report total assets greater than $15 billion in the quarter in which the acquisition occurs. Should that event occur, our trust preferred securities would be included in Tier 2 capital.

Regulatory Capital Simplification

The Bank and Flagstar have been subject to the capital requirements of the Basel III rules since January 1, 2015. On October 27, 2017, the agencies issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (“NPR”) which would simplify certain aspects of the Basel III capital rules. The agencies expect that the capital treatment and transition provisions for items covered by this final rule will change once the simplification proposal is finalized and effective. Specifically, the proposal would increase the individual limit on MSRs and temporary difference DTAs to 25 percent of CET1 and eliminate the aggregate 15 percent CET1 deduction threshold for MSRs and temporary difference DTAs. In response to comments received from bankers and trade associations, the regulators may change these proposed rules prior to issuing them and it is uncertain when the rules will be issued in their final form. We are currently managing our capital in anticipation of the approval of the proposed rule.













For the period presented, the following table contains certain regulatorysets forth our capital ratios forunder the Bankcurrent rules and the Company:proposed capital simplification rules, as well as our excess capital over well-capitalized minimums under both rules.
 Regulatory Minimums Regulatory Minimums to be Well-Capitalized Bank Bancorp
September 30, 2017       
Basel III Ratios (transitional)       
Common equity Tier I capital ratio4.50% 6.50% 14.61% 11.65%
Tier I leverage ratio4.00% 5.00% 9.38% 8.80%
Basel III Ratios (fully phased-in) (1)
       
Common equity Tier I capital ratio4.50% 6.50% 13.80% 10.58%
Tier I leverage ratio4.00% 5.00% 9.13% 8.43%
Flagstar BancorpActual Well-Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions Under Proposed Capital Simplification 
Excess Capital Over
Well-Capitalized Minimum (1)
 AmountRatio AmountRatio AmountRatio Current Rule Capital Simplification Rules
 (Dollars in millions)
March 31, 2019            
Tier 1 leverage capital
(to adjusted avg. total assets)
$1,520
8.37% $909
5.0% $1,631
8.92% $611
 $717
Common equity Tier 1 capital (to RWA)1,280
9.69% 859
6.5% 1,391
10.07% 421
 493
Tier 1 capital (to RWA)1,520
11.51% 1,057
8.0% 1,631
11.81% 463
 526
Total capital (to RWA)1,650
12.49% 1,321
10.0% 1,761
12.75% 329
 380
(1)Refer to MD&A - Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.Excess capital is the difference between the actual capital ratios under either the current rule or the proposed capital simplification rules and the well-capitalized minimum ratio, multiplied by the relevant asset base.

As presented in the table above, our constraining capital ratio is our total capital to risk weighted assets at 12.49 percent. It would take a $329 million after-tax loss, with the balance sheet remaining constant, for our total risk-based capital ratio to fall below the level considered to be "well-capitalized" under the current rule and an after-tax loss of $380 million, under the proposed capital simplification rules.

The impact under     In preparation for the fully phased in Basel III rules to our Tier 1 leverage ratio is mostly driven by the treatment that MSRs receive under Basel III. Once fully phased in,NPR, the Basel III capital rules will significantly reduceimplementation phase-in has been halted for the allowable amount of the fair valuetreatment of MSRs included in Tier 1 capital. At September 30, 2017, we had $246 million of MSRs, representing 17.3 percent of Tier 1 capital. Our ratio of MSRs to Tier 1 capital was 26.7 percent at December 31, 2016. During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we had $260 million in bulk MSR sales. Over the long term, we plan to continue to reduce our MSRs to Tier 1 ratio, taking into consideration market conditions to guide our pace of MSR reduction.

On August 22, 2017, in preparation forand certain DTAs. The agencies issued a forthcoming proposal that would simplify regulatory capital requirements, the federal banking regulators proposed afinal rule that would extendwill maintain the existing transitional capital treatmentrules’ 2017 transition provisions for certainseveral regulatory capital deductions and risk weights. The Agenciescertain other requirements that are proposingsubject to extendmulti-year phase-in schedules in the existingregulatory capital rules. Specifically, the final rule will maintain the capital rules’ 2017 transition provisions at 80 percent for a targeted set of items: MSRs, certain DTAs, investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions, and minority interests. This proposal would postpone the implementation of the fully phased-in requirements for these items by banking organizations that are not subject to the advanced approaches capital rules prior to the Agencies’ consideration of simplification to the capital rules.
On September 27, 2017, the federal banking agencies released a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPR), proposing changes to certain aspects of the bank capital rules under the “standardized approach.” The proposal is to modify the approach to theregulatory capital treatment of acquisition, development, and construction (ADC) loans characterized under the current capital rules as high volatility commercial real estate (HVCRE) exposures. The rule is intended to simplify the capital treatment of ADC loans and broaden the number ADC loans subject to a higher risk weighting, while reducing the risk weight for covered loansfollowing items: (i) MSRs, (ii) DTAs arising from 150% to 130%.
In addition, the new proposal would simplify the threshold deduction treatment for MSRs, temporary difference DTAsdifferences that could not realizablebe realized through carryback, and investments in the capital of unconsolidated financial institutions. The proposal would require that non-advanced approaches banking organizations deduct from common equity tier 1 capital any amount of MSRs, temporary difference DTAs, andnet operating loss carrybacks, (iii) investments in the capital of unconsolidated financial institutions, that individually exceeds 25 percentand (iv) minority interests. As of the common equity tier 1 capital deduction threshold. Consistent with the capital rule, under the proposal, a banking organization would continue to apply a 250 percent risk weight to anyMarch 31, 2019, we had $278 million in MSRs, or$40 million in DTAs arising from temporary DTAs not deducted. Also, anydifferences and no material investments in the capital of unconsolidated financial institutions that are not deducted, would be assigned a risk weight according toor minority interest. This final rule will maintain the exposure category of the investment.

We are currently reviewing the proposed rules and the potential impact they may have2017 transition provisions for certain items for non-advanced approach banks. For additional information on our regulatory capital. If enacted as proposed, we believe the rules should accelerate the capital formation necessary to support further balance sheet growth and, under a limit of 25 percent of capital, give us the flexibility to better manage the uncertainties that may exist within the MSR market at any given time. This will allow us to hold more MSRs which are a high yielding asset that we fund efficiently and for which we hedge exposure to changes in interest rates, convexity and implied future volatility. Flagstar Bancorp's Tier 1 Leverage ratio should increase approximately 70 basis points after applying the simplified capital rules under the NPR.requirements, see Note 15 - Regulatory Capital.

Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to results presented in accordance with GAAP, this report includes non-GAAP financial measures such as the estimated fully implemented Basel III capital levels and ratios and tangible book value per share.share, tangible common equity to assets ratio, and return on average tangible equity. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide additional information that is useful to investors in helping to understand the underlying performance and trends of the Company.

Non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, which are not required to be uniformly applied and are not audited. Readers should be aware of these limitations and should be cautious with respect to the use of such measures. To mitigate these limitations, we have practices in place to ensure that these measures are calculated using the appropriate GAAP or regulatory components in their entirety and to ensure that our performance is properly reflected to facilitate consistent period-to-period comparisons. Our method of calculating these non-GAAP measures may differ from methods used by other companies. Although we believe the non-GAAP financial measures disclosed in this report enhance investors' understanding of our business and performance, these non-GAAP measures should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for those financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. Where non-GAAP financial measures are used, the most directly comparable GAAP or regulatory financial measure, as well as the reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP or regulatory financial measure, can be found in this report.

Nonperforming assets / Tier 1 + Allowance for Loan Losses. The ratio of nonperforming assets to Tier 1 and ALLL divides the total level of nonperforming LHFI assets by Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets), as defined by bank regulations, plus ALLL. We believe these measurements are meaningful measures of capital adequacy used by investors, regulators, management and others to evaluate the adequacy of capital in comparison to other companies within the industry.
 September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016
 (Dollars in millions)
Nonperforming assets$40
 $54
Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets)1,423
 1,256
Allowance for loan losses140
 142
Tier 1 capital + ALLL$1,563
 $1,398
Nonperforming assets / Tier 1 capital + ALLL2.6% 3.9%

Tangible book value per share.share, tangible common equity to assets ratio, and return on average tangible common equity. The Company believes that tangible book value per share, providestangible common equity to assets ratio, and return on average tangible equity provide a meaningful representation of its operating performance on an ongoing basis. Management uses this measurethese measures to assess performance of the Company against its peers and evaluate overall performance. The Company believes thisthese non-GAAP financial measure providesmeasures provide useful information for investors, securities analysts and others because it provides a tool to evaluate the Company’s performance on an ongoing basis and compared to its peers.

 September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016 September 30, 2016
 (Dollars in millions, except share data)
Total stock holders' equity$1,451
 $1,336
 $1,286
Preferred stock
 
 
Goodwill and intangibles21
 
 
Tangible book value$1,430
 $1,336
 $1,286
      
Number of common shares outstanding57,181,536
 56,824,802
 56,597,271
Tangible book value per share$25.01
 $23.50
 $22.72
Basel III (transitional) to Basel III (fully phased-in) reconciliation. On January 1, 2015, the Basel III rules became effective, subject to transition provisions primarily related to regulatory deductions and adjustments impacting common equity Tier 1 capital and Tier 1 capital. When fully phased-in, Basel III, will increase capital requirements through higher minimum capital levels as well as through increases in risk-weights for certain exposures. Additionally, the final Basel III rules place greater emphasis on common equity. In October 2013, the OCC and Federal Reserve released final rules detailing the U.S. implementationThe following table provides a reconciliation of Basel III and the application of the risk-based and leverage capital rules to top-tier savings and loan holding companies. We have transitioned to the Basel III framework beginning in January 2015 and are subject to a phase-in period extending through 2018. Accordingly, the calculations provided below and on the previous page, are estimates. These measures are considered to be non-GAAP financial measures because they are not formally defined by GAAP and the Basel III implementation regulations. The Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1, Total Capital and Leverage ratios will not be fully phased-in until January 1, 2018 and the Capital Conservation buffer will not be fully phased-in until January 1, 2019. The regulations are subject to change as clarifying guidance becomes available and the calculations currently include our interpretations of the requirements including informal feedback received through the regulatory process. The federal banking regulators have issued a series of new proposals regarding regulatory capital which may freeze or eliminate the transitional rules. See MD&A -Regulatory Capital Composition - Transition section for further information. Other entities may calculate the Basel III ratios differently from ours based on their interpretation of the guidelines. Since analysts and banking regulators may assess our capital adequacy using the Basel III framework, we believe that it is useful to provide investors information enabling them to assess our capital adequacy on the same basis.

measures.
 Common Equity Tier 1 (to RWA) Tier 1 leverage (to adjusted avg. total assets) Tier 1 Capital (to RWA) 
Total Risk-Based Capital
(to RWA)
 (Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017       
Flagstar Bancorp       
Regulatory capital – Basel III (transitional) to Basel III (fully phased-in)       
Basel III (transitional)$1,208
 $1,423
 $1,423
 $1,554
Increased deductions related to deferred tax assets, MSRs, and other capital components(90) (65) (65) (62)
Basel III (fully phased-in) capital$1,118
 $1,358
 $1,358
 $1,492
Risk-weighted assets – Basel III (transitional) to Basel III (fully phased-in)       
Basel III assets (transitional)$10,371
 $16,165
 $10,371
 $10,371
Net change in assets191
 (65) 191
 191
Basel III (fully phased-in) assets$10,562
 $16,100
 $10,562
 $10,562
Capital ratios       
Basel III (transitional)11.65% 8.80% 13.72% 14.99%
Basel III (fully phased-in)10.58% 8.43% 12.86% 14.13%
 Common Equity Tier 1 (to RWA) Tier 1 leverage (to adjusted avg. total assets) Tier 1 Capital (to RWA) 
Total Risk-Based Capital
(to RWA)
 (Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017       
Flagstar Bank       
Regulatory capital – Basel III (transitional) to Basel III (fully phased-in)       
Basel III (transitional)$1,519
 $1,519
 $1,519
 $1,651
Increased deductions related to deferred tax assets, MSRs, and other capital components(44) (44) (44) (41)
Basel III (fully phased-in) capital$1,475
 $1,475
 $1,475
 $1,610
Risk-weighted assets – Basel III (transitional) to Basel III (fully phased-in)       
Basel III assets (transitional)$10,396
 $16,191
 $10,396
 $10,396
Net change in assets293
 (45) 293
 293
Basel III (fully phased-in) assets$10,689
 $16,146
 $10,689
 $10,689
Capital ratios       
Basel III (transitional)14.61% 9.38% 14.61% 15.88%
Basel III (fully phased-in)13.80% 9.13% 13.80% 15.06%
 As of/For the Three Months Ended
 March 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 March 31, 2018
 (Dollars in millions, except share data)
Total stockholders' equity$1,574
 $1,570
 $1,427
Less: Goodwill and intangible assets182
 190
 72
Tangible book value$1,392
 $1,380
 $1,355
      
Number of common shares outstanding56,480,086
 57,749,464
 57,399,993
Tangible book value per share$24.65
 $23.90
 $23.62
      
Total assets$19,445
 $18,531
 $17,736
Tangible common equity to assets ratio7.16% 7.45% 7.65%
      
Net income$36
 $54
 $35
Plus: Intangible asset amortization (after-tax)3
 2
 
Tangible net income39
 56
 35
      
Total average equity$1,583
 $1,548
 $1,414
Less: Average goodwill and intangible assets187
 129
 36
Total average tangible equity1,396
 1,419
 1,378
      
Return on average common equity9.16% 13.98% 9.94%
Return on average tangible common equity11.33% 15.77% 10.21%

Critical Accounting Estimates

Various elements of our accounting policies, by their nature, are subject to estimation techniques, valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. Certain accounting policies that, due to the judgment, estimates and assumptions in those policies are critical to an understanding of our Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes, are described in Item 1. These policies relate to: (a) the determination of our ALLL; and (b) fair value measurements. We believe the judgment, estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes are appropriate given the factual circumstances at the time. However, given the sensitivity of our Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes to these critical accounting policies, the use of other judgments, estimates and assumptions could result in material differences in our results of operations and/or financial condition. For further information on our critical accounting policies, please refer to our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016,2018, which is available on our website, flagstar.com, under the Investor Relations section, or on the website of the Securities and Exchange Commission, at sec.gov.


FORWARDForwardLOOKING STATEMENTSLooking Statements

Certain statements in this Form 10-Q, including but not limited to statements included within the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, are "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, as amended. In addition, Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.we may make forward-looking statements in our other documents filed with or furnished to the SEC,Security and Exchange Commission (SEC), and our management may make forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, representatives of the media, and others.

Generally, forward-looking statements are not based on historical facts but instead represent management’s current beliefs and expectations regarding future events.events and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Such statements may be identified by words such as believe, expect, anticipate, intend, plan, estimate, may increase, may fluctuate, and similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as will, should, would, and could. Such statements are based on management’s current expectations and are subject to risks, uncertainties and changes in circumstances. ActualOur actual results and capital and other financial conditions may differ materially from those includeddescribed in thesethe forward-looking statements due todepending upon a variety of factors, including without limitation the precautionary statements included within each individual business’ discussion and analysis of our results of operations and the risk factors listed and described in Item 1A1A. to Part I, of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 20162018 and Item 1A1A. to Part II, of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, which are incorporated by reference herein.

Other than as required under United States securities laws, Flagstar Bancorp doeswe do not undertake to update the forward-looking statements to reflect the impact of circumstances or events that may arise after the date of the forward-looking statements.


Item 1. Financial Statements

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
(In millions, except share data)
September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016March 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
(Unaudited) (Unaudited)(Unaudited)  
Assets      
Cash$88
 $84
$268
 $260
Interest-earning deposits145
 74
122
 148
Total cash and cash equivalents233
 158
390
 408
Investment securities available-for-sale1,637
 1,480
2,142
 2,142
Investment securities held-to-maturity977
 1,093
683
 703
Loans held-for-sale ($4,907 and $3,145 measured at fair value, respectively)4,939
 3,177
Loans held-for-investment ($13 and $72 measured at fair value, respectively)7,203
 6,065
Loans held-for-sale ($3,846 and $3,732 measured at fair value, respectively)3,874
 3,869
Loans held-for-investment ($10 and $10 measured at fair value, respectively)9,936
 9,088
Loans with government guarantees253
 365
470
 392
Less: allowance for loan losses(140) (142)(127) (128)
Total loans held-for-investment and loans with government guarantees, net7,316
 6,288
10,279
 9,352
Mortgage servicing rights246
 335
278
 290
Net deferred tax asset248
 286
90
 103
Federal Home Loan Bank stock264
 180
303
 303
Premises and equipment, net314
 275
414
 390
Goodwill and intangible assets182
 190
Other assets706
 781
810
 781
Total assets$16,880
 $14,053
$19,445
 $18,531
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity      
Noninterest bearing deposits$2,272
 $2,077
$4,016
 $2,989
Interest bearing deposits6,889
 6,723
9,437
 9,391
Total deposits9,161
 8,800
13,453
 12,380
Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances4,065
 1,780
Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other3,101
 3,244
Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances1,300
 1,200
250
 150
Other long-term debt493
 493
495
 495
Representation and warranty reserve16
 27
Other liabilities ($60 and $60 measured at fair value, respectively)394
 417
572
 692
Total liabilities15,429
 12,717
17,871
 16,961
Stockholders’ Equity      
Common stock $0.01 par value, 80,000,000 and 70,000,000 shares authorized; 57,181,536 and 56,824,802 shares issued and outstanding, respectively1
 1
Common stock $0.01 par value, 80,000,000 and 80,000,000 shares authorized; 56,480,086 and 57,749,464 shares issued and outstanding, respectively1
 1
Additional paid in capital1,511
 1,503
1,476
 1,522
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(8) (7)
Accumulated deficit(53) (161)
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income(31) (47)
Retained earnings128
 94
Total stockholders’ equity1,451
 1,336
1,574
 1,570
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$16,880
 $14,053
$19,445
 $18,531
    
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In millions, except per share data)
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In millions, except per share data)
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In millions, except per share data)
Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,Three Months Ended March 31,
2017 2016 2017 20162019 2018
(Unaudited)(Unaudited)
Interest Income  
Loans$120
 $90
 $319
 $256
$155
 $130
Investment securities20
 16
 59
 50
24
 22
Interest-earning deposits and other
 
 1
 
1
 
Total interest income140
 106
 379
 306
180
 152
Interest Expense          
Deposits13
 12
 37
 34
29
 17
Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other11
 1
 23
 4
17
 15
Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances6
 7
 17
 22
1
 7
Other long-term debt7
 6
 19
 10
7
 7
Total interest expense37
 26
 96
 70
54
 46
Net interest income103
 80
 283
 236
126
 106
Provision (benefit) for loan losses2
 7
 4
 (9)
 
Net interest income after provision (benefit) for loan losses101
 73

279
 245
126
 106
Noninterest Income          
Net gain on loan sales75
 94
 189
 259
49
 60
Loan fees and charges23
 22
 58
 56
17
 20
Net return on mortgage servicing rights6
 4
Loan administration income11
 5
Deposit fees and charges5
 5
 14
 17
8
 5
Loan administration income5
 4
 16
 14
Net return (loss) on mortgage servicing rights6
 (11) 26
 (21)
Representation and warranty benefit4
 6
 11
 12
Other noninterest income12
 36
 32
 52
18
 17
Total noninterest income130
 156
 346
 389
109
 111
Noninterest Expense          
Compensation and benefits76
 69
 219
 203
87
 80
Occupancy and equipment38
 30
Commissions23
 16
 49
 40
13
 18
Occupancy and equipment28
 21
 75
 64
Loan processing expense15
 13
 41
 40
17
 14
Legal and professional expense7
 5
 22
 20
6
 6
Federal insurance premiums4
 6
Intangible asset amortization4
 
Other noninterest expense22
 18
 59
 51
22
 19
Total noninterest expense171
 142
 465
 418
191
 173
Income before income taxes60
 87
 160
 216
44
 44
Provision for income taxes20
 30
 52
 73
8
 9
Net income$40
 $57
 $108
 $143
$36
 $35
Net income per share          
Basic$0.71
 $0.98
 $1.90
 $2.21
$0.64
 $0.61
Diluted$0.70
 $0.96
 $1.86
 $2.16
$0.63
 $0.60
Weighted average shares outstanding          
Basic57,162,025
 56,580,238
 57,062,696
 56,556,188
56,897,799
 57,356,654
Diluted58,186,593
 57,933,806
 58,133,296
 57,727,262
57,590,272
 58,314,385

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
(In millions)
Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,Three Months Ended March 31,
2017 2016 2017 20162019 2018
(Unaudited)(Unaudited)
Net income$40
 $57
 $108
 $143
$36
 $35
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax          
Investment securities1
 (4) 3
 12
16
 (29)
Derivatives and hedging activities
 3
 (4) (34)
 15
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax1
 (1) (1) (22)16
 (14)
Comprehensive income$41
 $56
 $107
 $121
$52
 $21

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
(In millions, except share data)
Preferred StockCommon Stock Common Stock 
Number of Shares OutstandingAmount of Preferred
Stock
Number of Shares OutstandingAmount of Common
Stock
Additional
Paid in
Capital
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Retained Earnings (Accumulated
Deficit)
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
Number of SharesAmountAdditional
Paid in
Capital
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Retained Earnings (Accumulated
Deficit)
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
Balance at December 31, 2015266,657
$267
56,483,258
$1
$1,486
$2
$(227)$1,529
(Unaudited)    
Net income





143
143
Total other comprehensive income (loss)




(22)
(22)
Preferred stock redemption(266,657)(267)




(267)
Dividends on preferred stock





(105)(105)
Stock-based compensation

114,013

8


8
Balance at September 30, 2016
$
56,597,271
$1
$1,494
$(20)$(189)$1,286
Balance at December 31, 2016
$
56,824,802
$1
$1,503
$(7)$(161)$1,336
Balance at December 31, 201757,321,228
$1
$1,512
$(16)$(98)$1,399
(Unaudited)      
Net income





108
108




35
35
Total other comprehensive income (loss)




(1)
(1)


(9)
(9)
Shares issued from Employee Stock Purchase Plan

19,897





36,195





Warrant exercise

154,313

4


4
Reclassification of certain income tax effects (1)



(5)5

Stock-based compensation

182,524

4


4
42,570

2


2
Balance at September 30, 2017
$
57,181,536
$1
$1,511
$(8)$(53)$1,451
Balance at March 31, 201857,399,993
$1
$1,514
$(30)$(58)$1,427
  
Balance at December 31, 201857,749,464
$1
$1,522
$(47)$94
$1,570
(Unaudited)  
Net income



36
36
Total other comprehensive income


16

16
Shares issued from Employee Stock Purchase Plan32,878





Stock-based compensation27,401

4


4
Dividends declared and paid @ .04/share



(2)(2)
Repurchase of shares (2)(1,329,657)
(50)

(50)
Balance at March 31, 201956,480,086
$1
$1,476
$(31)$128
$1,574
(1)Income tax effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act are reclassified from AOCI to retained earnings due to the adoption of ASU 2018-02.
(2)For further information, see Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In millions)
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In millions)
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In millions)
Nine Months Ended September 30,Three Months Ended March 31,
2017 20162019 2018
(Unaudited)(Unaudited)
Operating Activities      
Net cash used in operating activities$(19,239) $(10,128)$(4,716) $(6,220)
Investing Activities      
Proceeds from sale of AFS securities including loans that have been securitized$17,949
 $10,876
$4,501
 $5,730
Collection of principal on investment securities AFS158
 116
38
 53
Purchase of investment securities AFS and other(593) (203)(16) (4)
Collection of principal on investment securities HTM116
 126
21
 24
Purchase of investment securities HTM and other
 (15)
Proceeds received from the sale of LHFI78
 228
105
 
Net Origination, purchase, and principal repayments of LHFI(1,231) (1,297)
Purchase of bank owned life insurance(50) (85)
Net purchase of FHLB stock(84) (2)
Net origination, purchase, and principal repayments of LHFI(845) 139
Acquisition of premises and equipment, net of proceeds(74) (44)(18) (15)
Proceeds from the sale of MSRs252
 35
41
 136
Other, net4
 14
(4) (7)
Net cash provided by investing activities$16,525
 $9,749
$3,823
 $6,056
Financing Activities      
Net change in deposit accounts$361
 $1,436
$1,073
 $439
Net change in short term FHLB borrowings and other short term debt2,285
 (1,211)
Proceeds from long term FHLB advances150
 395
Repayment of long term FHLB advances(50) 
Net change in short-term FHLB borrowings and other short-term debt(141) (107)
Proceeds from increases in FHLB long-term advances and other debt100
 200
Repayment of FHLB long-term advances
 (325)
Net receipt of payments of loans serviced for others24
 91
(104) (9)
Preferred stock dividends
 (105)
Redemption of preferred stock
 (267)
Net receipt of escrow payments19
 6
Accelerated share repurchase(50) 
Dividends declared and paid(2) 
Other3
 3
Net cash provided by financing activities$2,789
 $345
$879
 $201
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents75
 (34)
Beginning cash and cash equivalents158
 208
Ending cash and cash equivalents$233
 $174
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash (1)
(14) 37
Beginning cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash (1)
432
 223
Ending cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash (1)
$418
 $260
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information      
Non-cash reclassification of investment securities HTM to AFS$
 $144
Non-cash reclassification of loans originated LHFI to LHFS$106
 $1,331
$
 $1
Non-cash reclassification of LHFS to AFS securities$17,657
 $10,588
$4,501
 $5,730
MSRs resulting from sale or securitization of loans$178
 $173
$67
 $84
Operating section supplemental disclosures      
Cash proceeds from sales of LHFS$5,547
 $14,097
$832
 $1,626
Origination, premium paid and purchase of LHFS, net of principal repayments$(24,518) $(23,826)$(5,479) $(7,882)
(1)For further information on restricted cash, see Note 9 - Derivatives.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 1 - Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. ("Flagstar," or the "Company"), including its wholly owned principal subsidiary, Flagstar Bank, FSB (the "Bank"), have been prepared using U.S. GAAP for interim financial statements. Where we say "we," "us," "our," the "Company," "Bancorp" or "Flagstar," we usually mean Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. However, in some cases, a reference to "we," "us," "our," the "Company" or "Flagstar" will include the Bank.

These consolidated financial statements do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for a full year presentation and certain disclosures have been condensed or omitted in accordance with rules and regulations of the SEC. These interim financial statements are unaudited and include, in our opinion, all adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the results for the periods indicated, which are not necessarily indicative of results which may be expected for the full year. These consolidated financial statements and notes should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and footnotes thereto included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016,2018, which is available on our website, at flagstar.com, and on the SEC website, at sec.gov. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

Note 2 - Acquisitions

Wells Fargo Branch Acquisition

On November 30, 2018 we closed on the purchase of 52 Wells Fargo branches located in Indiana, Michigan, Wisconsin and Ohio. These branches provide us with high-quality, low-cost deposits, allowing for balance sheet growth and further expansion of our banking footprint.

The following table summarizes the preliminary allocation of the purchase price to the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. We deem the initial valuation of the assets and liabilities to be provisional and have left the measurement period open. These fair values may be adjusted in a future period, not to exceed one year after the acquisition date, to reflect new facts and circumstances which existed as of the acquisition date.
 November 30, 2018
 (Dollars in millions)
Assets acquired: 
Cash$9
Loans107
Core deposit intangible (CDI)60
Other assets26
Total assets202
Liabilities assumed: 
Deposits1,761
Total liabilities1,761
Fair value of net assets acquired(1,559)
Cash consideration received(1,501)
Goodwill$58
As a result of the transaction, we recognized $58 million of goodwill, which was calculated as the excess of the consideration exchanged and the liabilities assumed as compared to the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. The goodwill was assigned to our Community Banking segment and is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

The CDI represents the value of the relationships with deposit customers and was measured using the income method using a discounted cash flow methodology which gave consideration to the attrition rates, alternative cost of funds, net maintenance cost, and other costs associated with the deposit base. The CDI will be amortized over its estimated useful life of approximately 10 years utilizing an accelerated method.



Acquisition costs related to the Wells Fargo branch acquisition were expensed as incurred and amounted to $1 million and $15 million during the three months ended March 31, 2019 and year ended December 31, 2018, respectively. These costs were recorded in noninterest expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and primarily included, integration costs, marketing, legal and consulting fees.

The following table presents unaudited pro forma information as if the acquisition of the Wells Fargo branches had occurred on January 1, 2017. This pro forma information includes certain adjustments and assumptions, including but not limited to, reclassifications from 2018 net income to 2017 net income related to the acquisition-related expenses of $16 million and hedging gains of $29 million. The pro forma information is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have occurred had the transaction been completed on the assumed date.
 For the Year Ended
 2018 2017
 (Dollars in millions)
Net interest income$540
 $482
Net income$196
 $82

Other 2018 Acquisitions

On March 12, 2018, the Company closed on the purchase of the mortgage loan warehouse business from Santander Bank, adding $499 million in outstanding warehouse draws and $1.7 billion in commitments. On March 19, 2018, the Company closed on the Desert Community Bank branch acquisition, adding $614 million in deposits and $59 million in loans. Together, these acquisitions increased goodwill and intangible assets by $51 million.



Note 23 - Investment Securities

The following table presents our investment securities:
Amortized Cost 
Gross Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross Unrealized
Losses
 Fair ValueAmortized Cost 
Gross Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross Unrealized
Losses
 Fair Value
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017       
March 31, 2019       
Available-for-sale securities              
Agency - Commercial$755
 $1
 $(6) $750
$1,404
 $6
 $(34) $1,376
Agency - Residential818
 2
 (11) 809
664
 
 (15) 649
Corporate debt obligations53
 
 
 53
Municipal obligations44
 
 
 44
32
 
 
 32
Corporate debt obligations33
 1
 
 34
Other MBS31
 
 
 31
Certificate of deposits1
 
 
 1
Total available-for-sale securities (1)
$1,650
 $4
 $(17) $1,637
$2,185
 $6
 $(49) $2,142
Held-to-maturity securities              
Agency - Commercial$542
 $1
 $(5) $538
$339
 $
 $(13) $326
Agency - Residential435
 
 (2) 433
344
 
 (4) 340
Total held-to-maturity securities (1)
$977
 $1
 $(7) $971
$683
 $
 $(17) $666
December 31, 2016       
December 31, 2018       
Available-for-sale securities              
Agency - Commercial$551
 $2
 $(5) $548
$1,413
 $4
 $(43) $1,374
Agency - Residential913
 1
 (16) 898
686
 
 (24) 662
Corporate debt obligations41
 
 
 41
Municipal obligations34
 
 
 34
33
 
 (1) 32
Other MBS32
 
 
 32
Certificate of Deposits1
 
 
 1
Total available-for-sale securities (1)
$1,498
 $3
 $(21) $1,480
$2,206
 $4
 $(68) $2,142
Held-to-maturity securities              
Agency - Commercial$595
 $
 $(6) $589
$349
 $
 $(13) $336
Agency - Residential498
 1
 (4) 495
354
 
 (9) 345
Total held-to-maturity securities (1)
$1,093
 $1
 $(10) $1,084
$703
 $
 $(22) $681
(1)
There were no securities of a single issuer, which are not governmental or government-sponsored, that exceeded 10 percent of stockholders’ equity at September 30, 2017March 31, 2019 or December 31, 2016.2018.

We evaluate AFS and HTM investment securities for other than temporary impairmentOTTI on a quarterly basis. An OTTI is considered to have occurred when the fair value of a debt security is below its amortized costs and we (1) have the intent to sell the security, (2) will more likely than not be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost, or (3) do not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. Investments that have an OTTI are written down through a charge to earnings for the amount representing the credit loss on the security. Gains and losses related to all other factors are

recognized in other comprehensive income (loss). Agency securities, which are either explicitly or implicitly backed by the federal government, comprised 96 percent of our total securities at March 31, 2019. This factor is considered when evaluating our investment securities for OTTI. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2016,March 31, 2018, we had no OTTI losses.OTTI.

Available-for-sale securities

Securities available-for-sale are carried at fair value, with unrealizedvalue. Unrealized gains and losses on AFS securities, to the extent they are temporary in nature, and are reported as a component of other comprehensive income.income

We purchased $300$16 million of AFS securities, which were comprised of U.S. government sponsored agency MBS, certificate of deposits, and $600corporate debt obligations during the three months ended March 31, 2019. We purchased $4 million of AFS securities, which included U.S. government sponsored agency MBS, corporate debt obligations, and municipal obligations during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017, respectively. We purchased $136 million and $203 million of AFS securities, which included U.S. government sponsored agencies comprised of MBS and municipal obligations, during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2016, respectively.March 31, 2018.

Gains onThere were less than $1 million in sales of AFS securities are reported in other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. We sold $227 million and $289 million of AFS securities during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017, respectively, which did not include those AFS securities related to mortgage loans that had been securitized for sale in the normal course of business. These sales resulted in a realized gain of $2 million and $3 million during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017, respectively. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2016, there were $115 million and $290 million, respectively, in sales of AFS securities,March 31, 2019, which did not include those related to mortgage loans that had been securitized for sale in the normal course of business. These sales resulted inWe had no realized gains as a realized gainresult of $3 million and $4 million during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2016, respectively.these sales.


Held-to-maturity securities

Investment securities HTM are carried at amortized cost and adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts using the interest method. Unrealized losses are not recorded to the extent they are temporary in nature.

There were no purchases of HTM securities during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2016, we purchased zero and $15 million of HTM securities, respectively. There were noor sales of HTM securities during both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2016.March 31, 2018.

The following table summarizes, by duration, the unrealized loss positions on investment securities: 
Unrealized Loss Position with
Duration 12 Months and Over
 
Unrealized Loss Position with
Duration Under 12 Months
Unrealized Loss Position with
Duration 12 Months and Over
 
Unrealized Loss Position with
Duration Under 12 Months
Fair Value Number of Securities Unrealized Loss 
Fair
Value
 
Number of
Securities
 
Unrealized
Loss
Fair Value Number of Securities Unrealized Loss 
Fair
Value
 
Number of
Securities
 
Unrealized
Loss
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017           
March 31, 2019           
Available-for-sale securities           
Agency - Commercial$1,011
 73
 $(34) $21
 3
 $
Agency - Residential624
 78
 (15) 
 
 
Municipal obligations27
 14
 
 
 
 
Corporate debt obligations
 
 
 11
 3
 
Other MBS
 
 
 16
 2
 
Held-to-maturity securities           
Agency - Commercial$326
 26
 $(13) $
 
 $
Agency - Residential306
 55
 (4) 
 
 
December 31, 2018           
Available-for-sale securities                      
Agency - Commercial$34
 3
 $(1) $582
 40
 $(5)$1,025
 74
 $(43) $1
 1
 $
Agency - Residential98
 10
 (3) 501
 40
 (8)647
 79
 (24) 14
 5
 
Municipal obligations1
 1
 
 21
 8
 
28
 16
 (1) 1
 2
 
Corporate debt obligations
 
 
 3
 1
 

 
 
 7
 2
 
Held-to-maturity securities                      
Agency - Commercial$16
 2
 $
 $395
 26
 $(5)$336
 26
 $(13) $
 
 $
Agency - Residential16
 2
 
 319
 40
 (2)345
 60
 (9) 
 
 
December 31, 2016           
Available-for-sale securities           
Agency - Commercial$6
 1
 $
 $345
 29
 $(5)
Agency - Residential
 
 
 748
 55
 (16)
Municipal obligations
 
 
 17
 8
 
Held-to-maturity securities           
Agency - Commercial$
 
 $
 $528
 34
 $(6)
Agency - Residential
 
 
 385
 43
 (4)

The following table presentsshows the amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities by contractual maturity:
Investment Securities Available-for-Sale Investment Securities Held-to-maturityInvestment Securities Available-for-Sale Investment Securities Held-to-maturity
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
 
Weighted Average
Yield
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
 
Weighted Average
Yield
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
 
Weighted Average
Yield
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
 
Weighted Average
Yield
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017           
March 31, 2019           
Due in one year or less$1
 $1
 1.50% $
 $
 %
Due after one year through five years$17
 $17
 3.37% $
 $
 %60
 60
 2.51% 10
 10
 2.45%
Due after five years through 10 years44
 45
 4.83% 61
 61
 2.50%74
 74
 4.44% 10
 10
 2.24%
Due after 10 years1,589
 1,575
 2.34% 916
 910
 2.43%2,050
 2,007
 2.68% 663
 646
 2.46%
Total$1,650
 $1,637
   $977
 $971
  $2,185
 $2,142
   $683
 $666
  

We pledge investment securities, primarily agency collateralized and municipal taxable mortgage obligations, to collateralize lines of credit and/or borrowings. At September 30, 2017,both March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, we had pledged investment securities of $1.3 billion compared to $879 million at December 31, 2016.$1.9 billion.

Note 34 - Loans Held-for-Sale

The majority of our mortgage loans originated as LHFS are ultimately sold into the secondary market on a whole loan basis or by securitizing the loans into agency, mortgage backed securities, through retailgovernment, or private label mortgage-backed securitizations or on a whole loan basis. At September 30, 2017securities. LHFS totaled $3.9 billion at both March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016, LHFS totaled $4.9 billion and $3.2 billion, respectively.2018. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017,March 31, 2019 we had net gainsgain on loan sales associated with LHFS of $75$47 million, and $189as compared to $60 million respectively. Duringfor the three and nine months ended September 30, 2016, excluding the gains from the sale of mortgage loans transferred from loans held-for-investment, we had $94 million and $244 million, respectively, of net gains on loan sales associated with LHFS.March 31, 2018.


    
At both September 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016, $322018, $28 million and $137 million, respectively, of LHFS were recorded at lower of cost or fair value. TheWe elected the fair value option for the remainder of the loans in the portfolio are recorded at fair value as we have elected the fair value option for such loans.portfolio.

Note 45 - Loans Held-for-Investment

The following table presents our loans held-for-investment:
September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016March 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Consumer loans      
Residential first mortgage$2,665
 $2,327
$3,100
 $2,999
Home equity496
 443
796
 731
Other26
 28
433
 314
Total consumer loans3,187
 2,798
4,329
 4,044
Commercial loans      
Commercial real estate (1)
1,760
 1,261
2,324
 2,152
Commercial and industrial1,097
 769
1,651
 1,433
Warehouse lending1,159
 1,237
1,632
 1,459
Total commercial loans4,016
 3,267
5,607
 5,044
Total loans held-for-investment$7,203
 $6,065
$9,936
 $9,088
The following table presents the UPB of our loan sales and purchases in the loans held-for-investment portfolio:
 Three Months Ended March 31,
 2019 2018
 (Dollars in millions)
Loans Sold (1)
   
Performing loans (2)
$102
 $
Total loans sold$102
 $
Net gain associated with loan sales (3)
$2
 $
Loans Purchased   
Home equity$49
 $
Other consumer51
 
Total loans purchased$100
 $
Premium associated with loans purchased$3
 $
(1)Includes $270 millionUpon a change in our intent, the loans were transferred to LHFS and $245 million of owner occupied commercial real estate loans at September 30, 2017 andsubsequently sold.
(2)
During the three months ended December 31, 2016, respectively.2018, we entered into an agreement to sell these loans, which we subsequently settled on during thethree months ended March 31, 2019.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we sold performing and nonperforming consumer loans with UPB of $103 million, of which $25 million were nonperforming. Upon a change in our intent, the loans were transferred to LHFS and subsequently sold resulting in a gain of $1 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2017, which is recorded in net gain on loan sales on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.


During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, we sold performing and nonperforming consumer loans with UPB totaling $1.3 billion, of which $110 million were nonperforming. Upon a change in our intent, the loans were transferred to LHFS and subsequently sold resulting in a net gain on sale of $12 million, during the nine months ended September 30, 2016, which is recorded in net gain on loan sales on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we purchased residential first mortgage loans with a UPB of $6 million and HELOC loans with a UPB of $100 million. A premium of $4 million was associated with these loan purchases. During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, we purchased jumbo residential first mortgage loans with a UPB of $150 million and a premium of $1 million.
(3)
Recorded in net gain on loan sales on Consolidated Statements of Operations.

We have pledged certain LHFI, LHFS, and loans with government guarantees to collateralize lines of credit and/or borrowings with the FHLB of Indianapolis and the FRB of Chicago. At September 30, 2017 and DecemberMarch 31, 2016,2019 we had pledged loans of $7.7$6.5 billion, and $5.3compared to $6.8 billion respectively.of pledged loans at December 31, 2018.

Allowance for Loan Losses

We determine the estimate of the ALLL on at least a quarterly basis. Refer to Note 1 -1- Description of Business, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting PoliciesStandards to the consolidated financial statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 20162018 for a description of the methodology. The ALLL, other than for loans that have been identified for individual evaluation for impairment, is determined on a loan pool basis by grouping loan types with common risk characteristics to determine our best estimate of incurred losses.



The following table presents changes in ALLL, by class of loan:
Residential
First
Mortgage (1)
 Home Equity 
Other
Consumer
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Commercial
and Industrial
 
Warehouse
Lending
 Total
Residential
First
Mortgage (1)
 Home Equity 
Other
Consumer
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Commercial
and Industrial
 
Warehouse
Lending
 Total
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Three Months Ended September 30, 2017             
Three Months Ended March 31, 2019             
Beginning balance ALLL$56
 $19
 $1
 $37
 $21
 $6
 $140
$38
 $15
 $3
 $48
 $18
 $6
 $128
Charge-offs (2)(1) (2) 
 
 
 
 (3)
Charge-offs(1) 
 (1) 
 
 
 (2)
Recoveries
 1
 
 
 
 
 1

 1
 
 
 
 
 1
Provision (benefit)(3) 2
 
 5
 (2) 
 2
(2) 
 2
 (12) 12
 
 
Ending balance ALLL$52
 $20
 $1
 $42
 $19
 $6
 $140
$35
 $16
 $4
 $36
 $30
 $6
 $127
Three Months Ended September 30, 2016             
Three Months Ended March 31, 2018             
Beginning balance ALLL$81
 $30
 $1
 $19
 $11
 $8
 $150
$47
 $22
 $1
 $45
 $19
 $6
 $140
Charge-offs (2)(7) (1) (1) 
 
 
 (9)
Recoveries
 1
 1
 
 
 
 2
Provision (benefit)(3)(4) (5) 
 6
 3
 
 
Ending balance ALLL$70
 $25
 $1
 $25
 $14
 $8

$143
             
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017             
Beginning balance ALLL$65
 $24
 $1
 $28
 $17
 $7
 $142
Charge-offs (2)(6) (3) (1) 
 
 
 (10)
Charge-offs(1) (1) 
 
 
 
 (2)
Recoveries1
 2
 1
 
 
 
 4

 1
 
 
 
 
 1
Provision (benefit)(8) (3) 
 14
 2
 (1) 4
1
 (1) 
 (1) 1
 
 
Ending balance ALLL$52
 $20
 $1
 $42
 $19
 $6
 $140
$47
 $21
 $1
 $44
 $20
 $6

$139
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2016             
Beginning balance ALLL$116
 $32
 $2
 $18
 $13
 $6
 $187
Charge-offs (2)(26) (4) (3) 
 
 
 (33)
Recoveries1
 2
 2
 
 
 
 5
Provision (benefit)(3)(21) (5) 
 7
 1
 2
 (16)
Ending balance ALLL$70
 $25
 $1
 $25
 $14
 $8
 $143
(1)Includes allowance and charge-offs related to loans with government guarantees.
(2)
Includes charge-offs of zero related to the transfer and subsequent sale of loans during the three months ended September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016, respectively, and $1 million and $8 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016, respectively. Also includes charge-offs related to loans with government guarantees of $1 million and $6 million during the three months ended September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016, respectively, and $3 million and $13 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016, respectively.
(3)
Does not include $7 million provision for loan losses recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations to reserve for repossessed loans with government guarantees during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2016.


The following table sets forth the method of evaluation, by class of loan:
Residential
First
Mortgage (1)
 Home Equity 
Other
Consumer
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Commercial
and Industrial
 
Warehouse
Lending
 Total
Residential
First
Mortgage (1)
 Home Equity 
Other
Consumer
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Commercial
and Industrial
 
Warehouse
Lending
 Total
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017             
March 31, 2019             
Loans held-for-investment (2)                          
Individually evaluated$35
 $29
 $
 $1
 $
 $
 $65
$33
 $23
 $1
 $
 $
 $
 $57
Collectively evaluated2,621
 463
 26
 1,759
 1,097
 1,159
 7,125
3,059
 771
 432
 2,324
 1,651
 1,632
 9,869
Total loans$2,656
 $492
 $26

$1,760

$1,097

$1,159

$7,190
$3,092
 $794

$433

$2,324

$1,651

$1,632

$9,926
Allowance for loan losses (2)                          
Individually evaluated$6
 $9
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $15
$4
 $7
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $11
Collectively evaluated46
 11
 1
 42
 19
 6
 125
31
 9
 4
 36
 30
 6
 116
Total allowance for loan losses$52
 $20
 $1

$42

$19

$6

$140
$35
 $16

$4

$36

$30

$6

$127
             
December 31, 2016             
December 31, 2018             
Loans held-for-investment (2)                          
Individually evaluated$46
 $29
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $75
$32
 $23
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $55
Collectively evaluated2,274
 349
 28
 1,261
 769
 1,237
 5,918
2,959
 706
 314
 2,152
 1,433
 1,459
 9,023
Total loans$2,320
 $378
 $28
 $1,261
 $769
 $1,237
 $5,993
$2,991
 $729
 $314
 $2,152
 $1,433
 $1,459
 $9,078
Allowance for loan losses (2)                          
Individually evaluated$5
 $8
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $13
$4
 $7
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $11
Collectively evaluated60
 16
 1
 28
 17
 7
 129
34
 8
 3
 48
 18
 6
 117
Total allowance for loan losses$65
 $24
 $1
 $28
 $17
 $7
 $142
$38
 $15
 $3
 $48
 $18
 $6
 $128
 
(1)Includes allowance related to loans with government guarantees.
(2)Excludes loans carried under the fair value option.

Loans are considered to be past due when any payment of principal or interest is 30 days past the scheduled payment date. While it is the goal of management to collect on loans, we attempt to work out a satisfactory repayment schedule or modification with past due borrowers and will undertake foreclosure proceedings if the delinquency is not satisfactorily resolved. Our practices regarding past due loans are designed to both assist borrowers in meeting their contractual obligations and minimize losses incurred by the Bank.

We cease the accrual of interest on all classes of consumer and commercial loans upon the earlier of, becoming 90 days past due, or when doubt exists as to the ultimate collection of principal or interest (classified as nonaccrual or nonperforming loans). When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, the accrued interest income is reversed and the loan may only return to accrual status when principal and interest become current and are anticipated to be fully collectible.

Interest income is recognized on nonaccrual loans using a cash basis method. Interest that would have been accrued on impaired loans totaled zero and $1 million during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017, respectively, and $1 million and $2 million during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2016, respectively. At September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, we had no loans 90 days past due and still accruing interest.


The following table sets forth the LHFI aging analysis of past due and current loans:
30-59 Days
Past Due
 
60-89 Days
Past Due
 
90 Days or
Greater Past
Due (1)
 
Total
Past Due
 Current Total LHFI
30-59 Days
Past Due
 
60-89 Days
Past Due
 
90 Days or
Greater Past
Due (1)
 
Total
Past Due
 Current Total LHFI
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017           
March 31, 2019           
Consumer loans                      
Residential first mortgage$3
 $1
 $24
 $28
 $2,637
 $2,665
$3
 $1
 $20
 $24
 $3,076
 $3,100
Home equity1
 
 6
 7
 489
 496
1
 
 3
 4
 792
 796
Other
 
 
 
 26
 26
2
 1
 1
 4
 429
 433
Total consumer loans4
 1
 30
 35
 3,152
 3,187
6
 2
 24
 32
 4,297
 4,329
Commercial loans                      
Commercial real estate
 
 1
 1
 1,759
 1,760

 
 
 
 2,324
 2,324
Commercial and industrial
 
 
 
 1,097
 1,097

 1
 
 1
 1,650
 1,651
Warehouse lending
 
 
 
 1,159
 1,159

 
 
 
 1,632
 1,632
Total commercial loans
 
 1
 1
 4,015
 4,016

 1
 
 1
 5,606
 5,607
Total loans (2)
$4
 $1
 $31
 $36
 $7,167
 $7,203
$6
 $3
 $24
 $33
 $9,903
 $9,936
December 31, 2016           
December 31, 2018           
Consumer loans                      
Residential first mortgage$6
 $
 $29
 $35
 $2,292
 $2,327
$4
 $2
 $19
 $25
 $2,974
 $2,999
Home equity1
 2
 11
 14
 429
 443
Home Equity1
 
 3
 4
 727
 731
Other1
 
 
 1
 27
 28

 
 
 
 314
 314
Total consumer loans8
 2
 40
 50
 2,748
 2,798
5
 2
 22
 29
 4,015
 4,044
Commercial loans                      
Commercial real estate
 
 
 
 1,261
 1,261

 
 
 
 2,152
 2,152
Commercial and industrial
 
 
 
 769
 769

 
 
 
 1,433
 1,433
Warehouse lending
 
 
 
 1,237
 1,237

 
 
 
 1,459
 1,459
Total commercial loans
 
 
 
 3,267
 3,267

 
 
 
 5,044
 5,044
Total loans (2)
$8
 $2
 $40
 $50
 $6,015
 $6,065
$5
 $2
 $22
 $29
 $9,059
 $9,088
(1)Includes less than 90 day past due performing loans which are deemed nonaccrual. Interest is not being accrued on these loans.
(2)Includes $4 million and $13$3 million of loans 90 days or greater past due, accounted for under the fair value option at September 30, 2017both March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016, respectively.2018.

Interest income is recognized on nonaccrual loans using a cash basis method. Interest that would have been accrued on impaired loans was less than $1 million at both the three months ended March 31, 2019 and the three months ended March 31, 2018. At March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, we had no loans 90 days past due and still accruing interest.

Troubled Debt Restructurings
    
We may modify certain loans in both our consumer and commercial loan portfolios to retain customers or to maximize collection of the outstanding loan balance. We have programs designed to assist borrowers by extending payment dates or reducing the borrower's contractual payments. All loan modificationsTroubled debt restructurings ("TDRs") are made on a case-by-case basis. Our standards relating to loan modifications consider, among other factors, minimum verified income requirements, cash flow analysis, and collateral valuations. TDRs result in those instancesmodified loans in which a borrower demonstrates financial difficultydifficulties and for which a concession has been granted which includes reductions of interest rate, extensions of amortization period, principal and/or interest forgiveness and other actions intended to minimize the economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. These loansas a result. Nonperforming TDRs are classified asincluded in nonaccrual loans. TDRs remain in nonperforming TDRs if the loan was nonperforming prior to the restructuring, or based upon the results of a contemporaneous credit evaluation. Such loans will continue on nonaccrual status until thea borrower has established a willingnessmade payments and ability to make the restructured paymentsis current for at least six months, after which theyconsecutive months. Performing TDRs are not considered to be nonaccrual so long as we believe that all contractual principal and interest due under the restructured terms will be classified as performing TDRs and begin to accrue interest.collected. Performing and nonperforming TDRs remain impaired as interest and principal will not be received in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. Refer to Note 1- Description of Business, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Standards to the consolidated financial statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018 for a description of the methodology used to determine TDRs.

Some loan modifications classified as TDRs may not ultimately result in the full collection of principal and interest, as modified, but may give rise to potential incremental losses. We measure impairments using a discounted cash flow method for performing TDRs and measure impairment based on collateral values for nonperforming TDRs.



The following table provides a summary of TDRs by type and performing status:
TDRsTDRs
Performing Nonperforming TotalPerforming Nonperforming Total
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017     
March 31, 2019     
Consumer loans (1)
          
Residential first mortgage$20
 $11
 $31
$22
 $8
 $30
Home equity26
 4
 30
21
 2
 23
Total TDRs (2)
$46
 $15
 $61
December 31, 2016     
Total TDRs (1)(2)
$43
 $10
 $53
December 31, 2018     
Consumer loans (1)
          
Residential first mortgage$22
 $11
 $33
$22
 $8
 $30
Home equity45
 7
 52
Total TDRs (2)
$67
 $18
 $85
Home Equity22
 2
 24
Total TDRs (1)(2)
$44
 $10
 $54
(1)The ALLL on consumer TDR loans totaled $12 million and $9$10 million at September 30, 2017both March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016, respectively.2018.
(2)Includes $3 million and $25 million of TDR loans accounted for under the fair value option at September 30, 2017both March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016, respectively.2018.
The following table provides a summary of newly modified TDRs:
New TDRsNew TDRs
Number of Accounts Pre-Modification Unpaid Principal Balance Post-Modification Unpaid Principal Balance (1) Increase in Allowance at ModificationNumber of Accounts Pre-Modification Unpaid Principal Balance Post-Modification Unpaid Principal Balance (1) Increase in Allowance at Modification
  (Dollars in millions)  (Dollars in millions)
Three Months Ended September 30, 2017       
Residential first mortgages9
 $3
 $3
 $
Home equity (2)
37
 2
 2
 1
Other consumer
 
 
 
Total TDR loans46
 $5

$5
 $1
       
Three Months Ended September 30, 2016   
Three Months Ended March 31, 2019       
Residential first mortgages1
 $
 $
 $
2
 $
 $
 $
Home equity (2)(3)
17
 1
 1
 
2
 
 
 
Total TDR loans18
 $1
 $1
 $
4
 $

$
 $
       
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017
      
Residential first mortgages17
 $4
 $4
 $
Home equity (2)
71
 5
 5
 2
Other consumer1
 
 
 
Total TDR loans89
 $9
 $9
 $2
       
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2016
      
Three Months Ended March 31, 2018   
Residential first mortgages17
 $3
 $4
 $
6
 $1
 $1
 $
Home equity (2)(3)
128
 8
 7
 
5
 1
 1
 
Commercial and industrial1
 2
 1
 
1
 5
 5
 1
Total TDR loans146
 $13
 $12
 $
12
 $7
 $7
 $1
 
(1)Post-modification balances include past due amounts that are capitalized at modification date.
(2)Home equity post-modification unpaid principal balanceUPB reflects write downs.
(3)Includes loans carried at the fair value option.
    
There was onewere no residential first mortgage loan with a UPB of less than $1 million that wasloans modified in the previous 12 months which has subsequently defaulted during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to three home equity loans with a UPB of less than $1 million for each class whichthat subsequently defaulted during the three months ended September 30, 2016 and oneMarch 31, 2019, compared to two residential first mortgage loan and seven home equity loans with a UPB of less than $1

million for each class whichmodified in the previous 12 months that subsequently defaulted during the ninethree months ended September 30, 2016.March 31, 2018. There was no increase or decreasechange in the allowance associated with these TDRs at subsequent default. All TDR classes within the consumer and commercial portfolios are considered subsequently defaulted when greater than 90 days past due. Subsequent default is defined as a payment re-defaulteddue within 12 months of the restructuring date.



Impaired Loans

The following table presents individually evaluated impaired loans and the associated allowance: 
September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016March 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
Recorded
Investment
 
Net Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Related
Allowance
 
Recorded
Investment
 
Net Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Related
Allowance
Recorded
Investment
 
Net Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Related
Allowance
 
Recorded
Investment
 
Net Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Related
Allowance
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
With no related allowance recorded                      
Consumer loans                      
Residential first mortgage$15
 $15
 $
 $6
 $6
 $
$16
 $20
 $
 $13
 $16
 $
Total consumer loans with no related allowance recorded$15
 $15
 $
 $6
 $6
 $
Home equity
 3
 
 1
 4
 
Other consumer1
 1
 
 
 
 
Total loans with no related allowance recorded$17
 $24
 $
 $14
 $20
 $
With an allowance recorded                      
Consumer loans                      
Residential first mortgage$20
 $20
 $6
 $40
 $40
 $5
$18
 $18
 $4
 $19
 $20
 $4
Home equity28
 29
 9
 29
 29
 8
22
 23
 7
 22
 23
 7
Commercial loans           
Commercial real estate1
 1
 
 
 
 
Total consumer loans with an allowance recorded$49
 $50
 $15
 $69
 $69
 $13
Total loans with an allowance recorded$40
 $41
 $11
 $41
 $43
 $11
                      
Total Impaired loans                      
Consumer Loans           
Residential first mortgage$35
 $35
 $6
 $46
 $46
 $5
$34
 $38
 $4
 $32
 $36
 $4
Home equity28
 29
 9
 29
 29
 8
22
 26
 7
 23
 27
 7
Commercial real estate1
 1
 
 
 
 
Other consumer1
 1
 
 
 
 
Total impaired loans$64
 $65
 $15
 $75
 $75
 $13
$57
 $65
 $11
 $55
 $63
 $11

The following table presents average impaired loans and the interest income recognized: 
Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,Three Months Ended March 31,
2017 2016 2017 20162019 2018
Average Recorded Investment Interest Income Recognized Average Recorded Investment Interest Income Recognized Average Recorded Investment Interest Income Recognized Average Recorded Investment Interest Income RecognizedAverage Recorded Investment Interest Income Recognized Average Recorded Investment Interest Income Recognized
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Consumer loans                      
Residential first mortgage$37
 $1
 $43
 $
 $39
 $1
 $55
 $1
$34
 $
 $33
 $
Home equity28
 
 30
 
 28
 1
 31
 1
22
 
 27
 1
Other consumer1
 
 
 
Commercial loans                      
Commercial real estate1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
 
 1
 
 
 
 2
 

 
 3
 
Total impaired loans$66
 $1
 $74
 $
 $67
 $2
 $88
 $2
$57
 $
 $63
 $1

Credit Quality

We utilize an internal risk rating system which is applied to all consumer and commercial loans. Descriptions of our internal risk ratings as they relate to credit quality follow the ratings used by the U.S. bank regulatory agencies as listed below.

Pass. Pass assets are not impaired nor do they have any known deficiencies that could impact the quality of the asset.


Watch. Watch assets are defined as pass rated assets that exhibit elevated risk characteristics or other factors that deserve management’s close attention and increased monitoring. However, the asset does not exhibit a potential or well-defined weakness that would warrant a downgrade to criticized or adverse classification.

Special mention. Assets identified as special mention possess credit deficiencies or potential weaknesses deserving management's close attention. Special mention assets have a potential weakness or pose an unwarranted financial risk that, if


not corrected, could weaken the assets and increase risk in the future. Special mention assets are criticized, but do not expose an institution to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification.

Substandard. Assets identified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the full collection or liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. For home equity loans and other consumer loans, we evaluate credit quality based on the aging and status of payment activity and any other known credit characteristics that call into question full repayment of the asset. NonperformingSubstandard loans are classified asmay be placed on either substandard, doubtfulaccrual or loss.non-accrual status.

Doubtful. An asset classified as doubtful has all the weaknesses inherent in one classified substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. A doubtful asset has a high probability of total or substantial loss, but because of specific pending events that may strengthen the asset, its classification as loss is deferred. Doubtful borrowers are usually in default, lack adequate liquidity or capital, and lack the resources necessary to remain an operating entity. Pending events can include mergers, acquisitions, liquidations, capital injections, the perfection of liens on additional collateral, the valuation of collateral, and refinancing. Generally, pending events should be resolved within a relatively short period and the ratings will be adjusted based on the new information. Because ofDue to the high probability of loss, non-accrual accounting treatment is required for doubtful assets.assets are placed on non-accrual.

Loss. An asset classified as loss is considered uncollectible and of such little value that the continuance as a bankable asset is not warranted. This classification does not mean that an asset has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but, rather that it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off this basically worthlessthe asset even though partial recovery may be affected in the future.

Commercial Loans

Management conducts periodic examinations which serve as an independent verification of the accuracy of the ratings assigned. Loan grades are based on different factors within the borrowing relationship: entity sales, debt service coverage, debt/total net worth, liquidity, balance sheet and income statement trends, management experience, business stability, financing structure, and financial reporting requirements. The underlying collateral is also rated based on the specific type of collateral and corresponding LTV. The combination of the borrower and collateral risk ratings results in the final rating for the borrowing relationship.

Consumer Loans

The same rating principles are used for consumer and commercial loans, but the principles are applied differently for consumer loans. Consumer loans consist of open and closed end loans extended to individuals for household, family, and other personal expenditures, and includes consumer loans, and loans to individuals secured by their personal residence, including first mortgage, home equity, and home improvement loans. Because consumer loans are usually relatively small-balance, homogeneous exposures, consumer loans are rated primarily on payment performance. Payment performance is a proxy for the strength of repayment capacity and loans are generally classified based on their payment status rather than by an individual review of each loan.
In accordance with regulatory guidance, we assign risk ratings to consumer loans in the following manner:
Consumer loans are classified as Watch once the loan becomes 60 days past due.
Open and closed-end consumer loans 90 days or more past due are classified Substandard.

Commercial Loans
 September 30, 2017
 Pass Watch Special Mention Substandard Total Loans
 (Dollars in millions)
Consumer Loans         
Residential First Mortgage$2,614
 $24
 $
 $27
 $2,665
Home equity465
 26
 
 5
 496
Other Consumer26
 
 
 
 26
Total Consumer Loans$3,105
 $50
 $
 $32
 $3,187
    
Commercial Loans         
Commercial Real Estate$1,727
 $30
 $
 $3
 $1,760
Commercial and Industrial1,003
 82
 
 12
 1,097
Warehouse1,119
 40
 
 
 1,159
Total Commercial Loans$3,849
 $152
 $
 $15
 $4,016

Management conducts periodic examinations which serve as an independent verification of the accuracy of the ratings assigned. Loan grades are based on different factors within the borrowing relationship: entity sales, debt service coverage, debt/total net worth, liquidity, balance sheet and income statement trends, management experience, business stability, financing structure, and financial reporting requirements. The underlying collateral is also rated based on the specific type of collateral and corresponding LTV. The combination of the borrower and collateral risk ratings results in the final rating for the borrowing relationship.


 December 31, 2016
 Pass Watch Special Mention Substandard Total Loans
 (Dollars in millions)
Consumer Loans         
Residential First Mortgage$2,273
 $23
 $
 $31
 $2,327
Home equity386
 46
 
 11
 443
Other Consumer28
 
 
 
 28
Total Consumer Loans$2,687
 $69
 $
 $42
 $2,798
    
Commercial Loans         
Commercial Real Estate$1,225
 $27
 $3
 $6
 $1,261
Commercial and Industrial678
 59
 21
 11
 769
Warehouse1,168
 16
 53
 
 1,237
Total Commercial Loans$3,071
 $102
 $77
 $17
 $3,267
 March 31, 2019
 Pass Watch Special Mention Substandard Total Loans
 (Dollars in millions)
Consumer Loans         
Residential first mortgage$3,053
 $25
 $
 $22
 $3,100
Home equity771
 22
 
 3
 796
Other consumer431
 1
 
 1
 433
Total consumer loans$4,255
 $48
 $
 $26
 $4,329
Commercial Loans         
Commercial real estate$2,297
 $20
 $5
 $2
 $2,324
Commercial and industrial1,568
 19
 32
 32
 1,651
Warehouse1,385
 232
 15
 
 1,632
Total commercial loans$5,250
 $271
 $52
 $34
 $5,607

 December 31, 2018
 Pass Watch Special Mention Substandard Total Loans
 (Dollars in millions)
Consumer Loans         
Residential first mortgage$2,952
 $28
 $
 $19
 $2,999
Home equity705
 23
 
 3
 731
Other consumer314
 
 
 
 314
Total consumer loans$3,971
 $51
 $
 $22
 $4,044
Commercial Loans         
Commercial real estate$2,132
 $14
 $5
 $1
 $2,152
Commercial and industrial1,351
 53
 29
 
 1,433
Warehouse1,324
 120
 15
 
 1,459
Total commercial loans$4,807
 $187
 $49
 $1
 $5,044

Note 56 - Loans with Government Guarantees
    
Substantially all loans with government guarantees are insured or guaranteed by the FHA or the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. FHA loans earn interest at a rate based upon the 10-year U.S. Treasury note rate at the time the underlying loan becomes delinquent, which is not paid by the FHA or the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs until claimed. Certain loans within our portfolio may be subject to indemnifications and insurance limits which expose us to limited credit risk. We have reserved for these risks within other assets and as a component of our ALLL on residential first mortgages.

At September 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016, respectively,2018, loans with government guarantees totaled $253$470 million and $365 million.$392 million, respectively.
    
At September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively, repossessedRepossessed assets and the associated claims related to government guaranteed loans are recorded in other assets and totaled $92$53 million and $135 million.$50 million, at March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

Note 67 - Variable Interest Entities

We have no consolidated VIEs as of September 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016.2018.

WeIn connection with our securitization activities, we have retained a five percent interest in the investment securities of certain trusts ("other MBS") and are contracted as the subservicer of the underlying loans, compensated based on market rates, which constitutes a continuing involvement in these trusts. Although we have a variable interest in these securitization trusts, we are not their primary beneficiary due to the relative size of our investment in comparison to the total amount of securities issued by the VIE and our inability to direct activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance. As a result, we have not consolidated the assets and liabilities of the VIE in our Statements of Financial Condition. The Bank’s maximum exposure to loss is limited to our investment in the VIE, as well as the standard representations and warranties made


in conjunction with the loan transfer. See Note 3 - Investment Securities and Note 17 - Fair Value Measurements, for additional information.

In addition, we have a continuing involvement, but are not the primary beneficiary for onean unconsolidated VIE related to the FSTAR 2007-1 mortgage securitization trust. In accordance with the settlement agreement with MBIA, there is no further recourse to us related to FSTAR 2007-1, unless MBIA fails to meet their obligations. At September 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016,2018, the FSTAR 2007-1 mortgage securitization trust included 2,0351,427 loans and 2,4531,513 loans, respectively, with an aggregate principal balance of $70$46 million and $89$49 million, respectively.


Note 78 - Mortgage Servicing Rights

We have investments in MSRs that result from the sale of loans to the secondary market for which we retain the servicing. TheWe account for MSRs at their fair value. A primary risk associated with MSRs is the potential reduction in fair value as a result of higher than anticipated prepayments due to loan refinancing prompted, in part, by declining interest rates or government intervention. Conversely, these assets generally increase in value in a rising interest rate environment to the extent that prepayments are slower than previously anticipated. We utilize derivatives as economic hedges to offset changes in the fair value of the MSRs resulting from the actual or anticipated changes in prepayments stemming from changing interest rate environments. There is also a risk of valuation decline due to higher than expected increases in default rates, which we do not believe can be effectively managed using derivatives. For further information See Note 8 - Derivative Financial Instruments, regarding the derivative instruments utilized to manage our MSR risks.risks, see Note 9 - Derivative Financial Instruments.

The following table presents changesChanges in the carryingfair value of residential first mortgage MSRs accounted for at fair value:were as follows:
 Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,
 2017 2016 2017 2016
 (Dollars in millions)
Balance at beginning of period$184
 $301
 $335
 $296
Additions from loans sold with servicing retained75
 51
 178
 173
Reductions from sales(4) (17) (260) (41)
Changes in fair value due to (1)
       
Decrease in MSR due to payoffs, pay-downs and run-off(5) (19) (15) (45)
Changes in estimates of fair value (2)
(4) (14) 8
 (81)
Balance at end of period$246
 $302
 $246
 $302
 Three Months Ended March 31,
 2019 2018
 (Dollars in millions)
Balance at beginning of period$290
 $291
Additions from loans sold with servicing retained67
 84
Reductions from sales(45) (141)
Changes in fair value due to (1):
   
Decrease in MSR fair value due to pay-offs, pay-downs, run-off, model changes, and other(11) (5)
Changes in estimates of fair value due to interest rate risk (2)
(23) 10
Fair value of MSRs at end of period$278
 $239
(1)Changes in fair value are included within net return (loss) on MSRsmortgage servicing rights on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
(2)Represents estimated MSR value change resulting primarily from market-driven changes.changes which we manage through the use of derivatives.

The following table summarizes the hypothetical effect on the fair value of servicing rights using adverse changes of 10 percent and 20 percent to the weighted average of certain significant assumptions used in valuing these assets. The significant assumptions used in the fair value measurement of the MSRs are option adjusted spread and prepayment rate. Significant increases (decreases) in both of these assumptions in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.assets:
September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016March 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
  Fair value after   Fair value after  Fair value impact due to   Fair value impact due to
Actual 10% adverse change 20% adverse change Actual 10% adverse change 20% adverse changeActual 10% adverse change 20% adverse change Actual 10% adverse change 20% adverse change
(Dollars in millions)  (Dollars in millions)   (Dollars in millions)
Option adjusted spread5.81% $242
 $238
 7.78% $326
 $318
5.51% $270
 $266
 5.42% $284
 $280
Constant prepayment rate9.64% 238
 231
 16.68% 322
 311
10.17% 260
 247
 9.57% 278
 268
Weighted average annual cost to service per loan$71.00
 244
 241
 $68.18
 330
 326
Weighted average cost to service per loan$86.11
 272
 269
 $85.57
 286
 283

The sensitivity calculations above are hypothetical and should not be considered to be predictive of future performance. Changes in fair value based on adverse changes in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. To isolate the effect of the specified change, the fair value shock analysis is consistent with the identified adverse change, while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, a change in one assumption generally impacts other assumptions, which may either magnify or counteract the effect of the change. For further information on the fair value disclosures relating toof MSRs, see Note 1817 - Fair Value Measurements.

Contractual servicing and subservicing fees. Contractual servicing and subservicing fees, including late fees and other ancillary income are presented below. Contractual servicing fees are included within net (loss) return on MSRsmortgage servicing rights on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Contractual subservicing fees including late fees and other ancillary income are


included within loan administration income on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Subservicing fee income is recorded for fees earned on subserviced loans, net of third party subservicing costs, for loans subserviced.
costs.

The following table summarizes income and fees associated with contractualowned mortgage servicing rights:
 Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,
 2017 2016 2017 2016
 (Dollars in millions)
Net return (loss) on mortgage servicing rights       
Servicing fees, ancillary income and late fees (1)
$14
 $22
 $43
 $60
Changes in fair value(9) (33) (7) (126)
Net return (loss) on MSR derivatives (2)

 (1) (3) 44
Net transaction costs1
 1
 (7) 1
Total net return (loss) on mortgage servicing rights$6
 $(11) $26
 $(21)
 Three Months Ended March 31,
 2019 2018
 (Dollars in millions)
Net return on mortgage servicing rights   
Servicing fees, ancillary income and late fees (1)
$19
 $14
Decrease in MSR fair value due to pay-offs, pay-downs, run-off, model changes, and other(11) $(5)
Changes in estimates of fair value due to interest rate risk(23) 10
Gain (loss) on MSR derivatives (2)
22
 (11)
Net transaction costs on sale of MSR assets(1) (4)
Total return included in net return on mortgage servicing rights$6
 $4
(1)Servicing fees are recorded on thean accrual basis. Ancillary income and late fees are recorded on a cash basis.
(2)Changes in the derivatives utilized as economic hedges to offset changes in fair value of the MSRs.
        
The following table summarizes income and fees associated with our mortgage loans subserviced:subserviced for others:
Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,Three Months Ended March 31,
2017 2016 2017 20162019 2018
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Loan administration income on mortgage loans subserviced          
Servicing fees, ancillary income and late fees (1)
$9
 $7
 $26
 $21
$24
 $10
Charges on subserviced escrow balances(12) (5)
Other servicing charges(4) (3) (10) (7)(1) 
Total income on mortgage loans subserviced, included in loan administration$5
 $4
 $16
 $14
$11
 $5
(1)Servicing fees are recorded on thean accrual basis. Ancillary income and late fees are recorded on cash basis.

Note 89 - Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value in other assets and other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The Company'sOur policy is to present its derivative assets and derivative liabilities on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition on a gross basis, even when provisions allowing for set-off are in place. However, for derivative contracts cleared through certain central clearing parties, variation margin payments are recognized as settlements. We are exposed to non-performance risk by the counterparties to our various derivative financial instruments. A majority of our derivatives are centrally cleared through a Central Counterparty Clearing House or consist of residential mortgage interest rate lock commitments further limiting our exposure to non-performance risk. We believe that the non-performance risk inherent in our remaining derivative contracts is minimal based on credit standards and the collateral provisions of the derivative agreements.

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments: We maintain a derivative portfolio of interest rate swaps, futures and forward commitments used to manage exposure to changes in interest rates, MSR asset values and to meet the needs of customers. We also enter into interest rate lock commitments, which are commitments to originate mortgage loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding and the customers have locked into that interest rate. Market risk on interest rate lock commitments and mortgage LHFS is managed using corresponding forward sale commitments. Changes in fair value of derivatives not designated as hedging instruments are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:We have designated certain interest rate swaps as cash flowfair value hedges of certain interestfixed rate paymentscertificates of our variable-rate FHLB advances.

Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition and reclassified into interest expense in the same period in which the hedge transaction is recognized in earnings. At September 30, 2017, we had $3 million (net-of-tax) of unrealized losses on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), compared to $1 million of unrealized gains at December 31, 2016. The estimated amount to be reclassified from other comprehensive income into earnings during the next 12 months represents $3 million of losses (net-of-tax).

deposit. Derivatives that are designated in hedging relationships are assessed for effectiveness using regression analysis at inception and throughout the hedge period. All designated hedge relationships were and are expected to be highly effective as of September 30, 2017.March 31, 2019. Cash flows and the profit impact associated with designated hedges are reported in the same line itemcategory as the underlying hedged item.



The following table presents the notional amount, estimated fair value and maturity of our derivative financial instruments:
 September 30, 2017 (1)
 Notional Amount Fair Value (2) Expiration Dates
 (Dollars in millions)
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:     
Assets     
Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances$830
 $1
 2023-2026
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:     
Assets     
Futures$1,091
 $
 2017-2022
Mortgage backed securities forwards4,740
 12
 2017
Rate lock commitments4,478
 33
 2017
Interest rate swaps and swaptions1,331
 14
 2017-2047
Total derivative assets$11,640
 $59
  
Liabilities     
Futures$671
 $3
 2017-2022
Mortgage backed securities forwards2,089
 4
 2017
Rate lock commitments326
 1
 2017
Interest rate swaps920
 2
 2017-2032
Total derivative liabilities$4,006
 $10
  
December 31, 2016March 31, 2019 (1)
Notional Amount Fair Value (2) Expiration DatesNotional Amount Fair Value (2) Expiration Dates
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:    
Derivatives in fair value hedge relationships:    
Assets        
Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances$600
 $20
 2023-2026
Liabilities    
Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances$230
 $1
 2025-2026
Interest rate swap on CDs$10
 $
 2019
    
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:        
Assets        
Futures$4,621
 $2
 2017-2020$234
 $
 2019-2023
Mortgage backed securities forwards3,776
 43
 2017
Mortgage-backed securities forwards2,001
 4
 2019
Rate lock commitments3,517
 24
 20174,102
 37
 2019
Interest rate swaps and swaptions2,231
 35
 2017-2033894
 16
 2019-2029
Total derivative assets$14,145
 $104
 $7,231
 $57
 
Liabilities        
Futures$134
 $
 2017$1,295
 $1
 2019-2023
Mortgage backed securities forwards1,893
 11
 2017
Mortgage-backed securities forwards4,942
 41
 2019
Rate lock commitments598
 6
 2017143
 
 2019
Interest rate swaps1,129
 37
 2017-20471,350
 4
 2019-2049
Total derivative liabilities$3,754
 $54
 $7,730
 $46
 
(1)At September 30, 2017, variationVariation margin pledged to or received from a Central Counterparty Clearing House to cover the prior day’sday's fair value of open positions, is considered settlement of the derivative position for accounting purposes. At December 31, 2016, variation
(2)Derivative assets and liabilities are included in other assets and other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, respectively.
 December 31, 2018 (1)
 Notional Amount Fair Value (2) Expiration Dates
 (Dollars in millions)
Derivatives in fair value hedge relationships:     
Assets     
Interest rate swaps on CDs$20
 $
 2019
Liabilities     
Interest rate swaps on CDs$10
 $
 2019
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:     
Assets     
Futures$248
 $
 2019-2023
Mortgage backed securities forwards362
 4
 2019
Rate lock commitments2,221
 20
 2019
Interest rate swaps and swaptions1,662
 23
 2019-2049
Total derivative assets$4,493
 $47
  
Liabilities     
Futures$1,513
 $1
 2019-2023
Mortgage backed securities forwards4,625
 31
 2019
Rate lock commitments45
 
 2019
Interest rate swaps755
 7
 2019-2028
Total derivative liabilities$6,938
 $39
  
(1)Variation margin was not recognized as settlement.pledged to or received from a Central Counterparty Clearing House to cover the prior day's fair value of open positions, is considered settlement of the derivative position for accounting purposes.
(2)Derivative assets and liabilities are included in other assets and other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, respectively.




The following tables present the derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement, including the cash pledged as collateral:
  Gross Amounts Netted in the Statement of Financial Position Net Amount Presented in the Statement of Financial Position  Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Statement of Financial Position  Gross Amounts Netted in the Statement of Financial Position Net Amount Presented in the Statement of Financial Position  Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Statement of Financial Position
Gross Amount Financial Instruments Cash CollateralGross Amount Financial Instruments Cash Collateral
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017         
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:         
Assets         
Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances (1)
$1
 $
 $1
 $
 $23
         
March 31, 2019         
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:                  
Assets                  
Mortgage backed securities forwards$12
 $
 $12
 $
 $2
$4
 $
 $4
 $
 $
Interest rate swaps and swaptions (1)
14
 
 14
 
 11
16
 
 16
 
 3
Total derivative assets$26
 $
 $26
 $
 $13
$20
 $
 $20
 $
 $3
        
Liabilities                  
Futures$3
 $
 $3
 $
 $4
$1
 $
 $1
 $
 $1
Mortgage backed securities forwards4
 
 4
 
 10
41
 
 41
 
 42
Interest rate swaps (1)
2
 
 2
 
 9
4
 
 4
 
 28
Total derivative liabilities$9
 $
 $9
 $
 $23
$46
 $
 $46
 $
 $71
                  
December 31, 2016         
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:         
Assets         
Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances (1)
$20
 $1
 $19
 $
 $
Liabilities         
Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances (1)
$1
 $1
 $
 $
 $33
         
December 31, 2018         
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:                  
Assets                  
Futures$2
 $
 $2
 $
 $
Mortgage-backed securities forwards43
 
 43
 
 44
$4
 $
 $4
 $
 $
Interest rate swaps and swaptions (1)
35
 
 35
 
 30
23
 
 23
 
 14
Total derivative assets$80
 $
 $80
 $
 $74
$27
 $
 $27
 $
 $14
         
Liabilities                  
Futures$
 $
 $
 $
 $1
$1
 $
 $1
 $
 $1
Mortgage-backed securities forwards11
 
 11
 
 
31
 
 31
 
 29
Interest rate swaps (1)
37
 
 37
 
 20
7
 
 7
 
 23
Total derivative liabilities$48
 $
 $48
 $
 $21
$39
 $
 $39
 $
 $53
(1)At September 30, 2017, variationVariation margin pledged to or received from a Central Counterparty Clearing House to cover the prior day’sday's fair value of open positions, is considered settlement of the derivative position for accounting purposes. At December 31, 2016, variation margin was not recognized as settlement and we had an additional $15 million in variation margin in excess of the amounts disclosed above.

WeThe fair value basis adjustment on our hedged CDs is included in interest bearing deposits on our Consolidated Statements of Operations. The carrying amount of our hedged CDs was $10 million at March 31, 2019 and $30 million at December 31, 2018 and the cumulative amount of fair value hedging adjustment included in the carrying amount of the hedged CDs was de minimis at both March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

At March 31, 2019, we pledged a total of $23$71 million related to derivative financial instruments, consisting of $44 million of cash collateral on derivative liabilities and $23$27 million of maintenance margin on derivative assets to counterpartiescentrally cleared derivatives and had an obligation to return cash of $13$3 million on derivative assets at September 30, 2017.assets. We pledged a total of $54$53 million related to derivative financial instruments, consisting of $30 million of cash collateral to counterpartieson derivatives and $23 million of maintenance margin on centrally cleared derivatives and had an obligation to return cash of $74$14 million on derivative assets at December 31, 2016 for2018. Within the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, the collateral related to derivative activities. The net cash pledgedactivity is included in other assets onand other liabilities and the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.cash pledged as maintenance margin is restricted and included in other assets.



The following table presents the net gain (loss) recognized on designated instruments, net of the impact of offsetting positions:
 Amount Recorded in Net Interest Income (1)
 Three Months Ended March 31,
 2019 2018
 (Dollars in millions)
Gain (loss) on cash flow hedging relationships in interest contracts:   
Amount of gain (loss) reclassified from AOCI into income$
 $(1)
Total gain (loss) on hedges$
 $(1)
(1)The gain (loss) on fair value hedging relationships in interest contracts was de minimis and zero for the three months ending March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2018, respectively. During the second quarter of 2018, we de-designated all of our remaining cash flow hedge relationships.
The following table presents net gain (loss) recognized in income on derivative instruments, net of the impact of offsetting positions:
 Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30, Three Months Ended March 31,
 2017 2016 2017 2016 2019 2018
 (Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:Location of Gain/(Loss)       Location of Gain (Loss)   
FuturesNet return (loss) on mortgage servicing rights$(1) $4
 $(1) $8
Net return on mortgage servicing rights$
 $(2)
Interest rate swaps and swaptionsNet return (loss) on mortgage servicing rights(2) (7) (7) 21
Net return on mortgage servicing rights13
 (5)
Mortgage-backed securities forwardsNet return (loss) on mortgage servicing rights2
 2
 5
 15
Net return on mortgage servicing rights9
 (4)
Rate lock commitments and forward agency and loan salesNet gain (loss) on loan sales(8) 15
 (16) 14
Net gain on loan sales8
 (8)
Rate lock commitmentsOther noninterest income
 
 
 1
Forward commitmentsOther noninterest income1
 
Interest rate swaps (1)
Other noninterest income
 2
 1
 3
Other noninterest income1
 
Total derivative gain (loss) $(9) $16
 $(18) $62
 $32
 $(19)
(1)Includes customer-initiated commercial interest rate swaps.

Note 910 - Borrowings

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

The following table presentsis a breakdown of our FHLB advances outstanding:
  
September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016
 Amount Rate Amount Rate
 (Dollars in millions)
Short-term fixed rate term advances$4,065
 1.14% $1,780
 0.62%
Total Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances4,065
   1,780
  
Long-term LIBOR adjustable advances1,025
 1.49% 1,025
 1.12%
Long-term fixed rate advances (1)
275
 1.41% 175
 1.12%
Total Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances1,300
   1,200
  
Total Federal Home Loan Bank advances$5,365
   $2,980
  
  
March 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
 Amount Rate Amount Rate
 (Dollars in millions)
Short-term fixed rate term advances$2,830
 2.55% $2,993
 2.52%
Other short-term borrowings271
 2.45% 251
 2.87%
Total short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowings3,101
   3,244
  
Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank fixed rate advances (1)
250
 1.68% 150
 1.53%
Total Federal Home Loan Bank advances$3,351
   $3,394
  
(1)
Includes the current portion of fixed rate advances of $125$50 million and $50 millionat September 30, 2017both March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016, respectively.
2018.

We are required to maintain a minimum amount of qualifying collateral. In the event of default, the FHLB advance is similar to a secured borrowing, whereby the FHLB has the right to sell the pledged collateral to settle the fair value of the outstanding advances.

At September 30, 2017, we had the authority and approval from the FHLB to utilize a line of credit of up to $7.0 billion and we may access that line to the extent that collateral is provided. At September 30, 2017, we had $5.4 billion of advances outstanding and an additional $1.1 billion of collateralized borrowing capacity available at the FHLB. The advances can be collateralized by non-delinquent single-family residential first mortgage loans, loans with government guarantees, certain other loans and investment securities.

At September 30, 2017, $1.0 billion of the outstanding advances were long-term adjustable rate, with interest rates that reset every three months and are based on the three-month LIBOR index. The advances may be prepaid without penalty, with notification at scheduled three month intervals after an initial 12 month lockout period which is based on the settlement date of each advance. The outstanding advances included $830 million in a cash flow hedge relationship as discussed in Note 8 - Derivative Financial Instruments.

    
The following table contains detailed information on our FHLB advances and other borrowings:
Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,Three Months Ended March 31,
2017 2016 2017 20162019 2018
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Maximum outstanding at any month end$5,365
 $3,182
 $5,365
 $3,557
$3,391
 $5,740
Average outstanding balance5,043
 2,649
 4,239
 2,777
2,878
 5,322
Average remaining borrowing capacity1,182
 1,626
 1,297
 1,106
3,314
 1,399
Weighted average interest rate1.36% 1.26% 1.26% 1.25%2.45% 1.65%
    


The following table outlines the maturity dates of our FHLB advances and other borrowings:
September 30, 2017March 31, 2019
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
2017$4,065
2018125
201950
$3,151
2020

2021
2022
Thereafter1,125
200
Total$5,365
$3,351

Parent Company Senior Notes and Trust Preferred Securities

The following table presents long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs:
 September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016
 Amount Interest Rate Amount Interest Rate
 (Dollars in millions)
Senior Notes       
Senior notes, matures 2021$246
 6.125% $246
 6.125%
Trust Preferred Securities       
Floating Three Month LIBOR       
Plus 3.25%, matures 2032$26
 4.58% $26
 4.25%
Plus 3.25%, matures 203326
 4.55% 26
 4.13%
Plus 3.25%, matures 203326
 4.55% 26
 4.25%
Plus 2.00%, matures 203526
 3.30% 26
 2.88%
Plus 2.00%, matures 203526
 3.30% 26
 2.88%
Plus 1.75%, matures 203551
 3.07% 51
 2.71%
Plus 1.50%, matures 203525
 2.80% 25
 2.38%
Plus 1.45%, matures 203725
 2.77% 25
 2.41%
Plus 2.50%, matures 203716
 3.82% 16
 3.46%
Total Trust Preferred Securities247
   247
  
Total other long-term debt$493
   $493
  
 March 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
 Amount Interest Rate Amount Interest Rate
 (Dollars in millions)
Senior Notes       
Senior notes, matures 2021$248
 6.125% $248
 6.125%
Trust Preferred Securities       
Floating Three Month LIBOR Plus:       
3.25%, matures 2032$26
 5.86% $26
 6.07%
3.25%, matures 203326
 6.04% 26
 5.69%
3.25%, matures 203326
 5.85% 26
 6.05%
2.00%, matures 203526
 4.79% 26
 4.44%
2.00%, matures 203526
 4.79% 26
 4.44%
1.75%, matures 203551
 4.36% 51
 4.54%
1.50%, matures 203525
 4.29% 25
 3.94%
1.45%, matures 203725
 4.06% 25
 4.24%
2.50%, matures 203716
 5.11% 16
 5.29%
Total Trust Preferred Securities247
   247
  
Total other long-term debt$495
   $495
  

Senior Notes

On July 11, 2016, we issued $250 million of senior notes (“Senior Notes”) which mature on July 15, 2021. The proceeds from these notes were used to bring dividends current and redeem our outstanding TARP Preferred. The notes are unsecured and rank equally and ratably with the unsecured senior indebtedness of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.

Prior to June 15, 2021, we may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to the greater of 100 percent of the aggregate principal amount of the notes to be redeemed or the sum of the present values of the remaining

scheduled payments discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 0.50 percent, plus, in each case accrued and unpaid interest.

Trust Preferred Securities

We sponsor nine trust subsidiaries, which issued preferred stock to third party investors. We issued trust preferredjunior subordinated debt securities to those trusts, which we have included in long-term debt. The trust preferredjunior subordinated debt securities are the sole assets of those trusts.

The trust preferred securities are callable by us at any time. Interest is payable quarterly; however, we may defer interest payments for up to 20 quarters without default or penalty. As of September 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, we had no deferred interest.

Note 10 - Representation and Warranty Reserve
At the time a loan is sold, an estimate of the fair value of the guarantee associated with the mortgage loans is recorded in the representation and warranty reserve in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition which reduces the net gain on loan sales in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The following table shows the activity impacting the representation and warranty reserve:
 Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,
 2017 2016 2017 2016
 (Dollars in millions)
Balance at beginning of period$20
 $36
 $27
 $40
Provision (benefit)       
Gain on sale reduction for representation and warranty liability1
 1
 3
 4
Representation and warranty provision (benefit)(4) (6) (11) (12)
Total(3) (5) (8) (8)
(Charge-offs) recoveries, net(1) 1
 (3) 
Balance at end of period$16
 $32
 $16
 $32

Note 11 - Warrants

May Investor Warrant

We granted warrants (the "May Investor Warrants") on January 30, 2009 under anti-dilution provisions applicable to certain investors (the "May Investors") in our May 2008 private placement capital raise.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, a total of 237,627 May Investor Warrants were exercised, resulting in the net issuance of 154,313 shares of Common Stock. As of September 30, 2017, there are no remaining May Investor Warrants outstanding and the related liability is reduced to zero.

At December 31, 2016, the liability was $4 million. For further information, see Note 18 - Fair Value Measurements.

TARP Warrant

On January 30, 2009, in conjunction with the sale of 266,657 shares of TARP Preferred, we issued a warrant to purchase up to approximately 645,138 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $62.00 per share (the "Warrant").

The Warrant is exercisable through January 30, 2019 and remains outstanding.     


Note 12 - Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The following table sets forth the components in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):
Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,Three Months Ended March 31,
2017 2016 2017 20162019 2018
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Investment securities          
Beginning balance$(6) $21
 $(8) $5
$(47) $(18)
Unrealized gain
 1
 2
 27
Less: Tax provision
 
 1
 10
Net unrealized gain
 1
 1
 17
Reclassifications out of AOCI (1)
1
 (8) 3
 (8)
Less: Tax (benefit) provision
 (3) 1
 (3)
Net unrealized gain (loss) reclassified out of AOCI1
 (5) 2
 (5)
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax1
 (4) 3
 12
Unrealized gain (loss)21
 (32)
Less: Tax provision (benefit)5
 (8)
Net unrealized gain (loss)16
 (24)
Reclassification of certain income tax effects (1)

 (5)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax16
 (29)
Ending balance$(5) $17
 $(5) $17
$(31) $(47)
          
Cash Flow Hedges          
Beginning balance$(3) $(40) $1
 $(3)$
 $2
Unrealized gain (loss)
 2
 (2) (61)
Less: Tax (benefit) provision
 2
 (1) (17)
Net unrealized (loss)
 
 (1) (44)
Reclassifications out of AOCI (1)

 3
 (5) 10
Less: Tax (benefit)
 
 (2) 
Net unrealized gain (loss) reclassified out of AOCI
 3
 (3) 10
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax
 3
 (4) (34)
Unrealized gain
 19
Less: Tax provision
 5
Net unrealized gain
 14
Reclassifications out of AOCI (2)

 1
Net unrealized gain reclassified out of AOCI
 1
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
 15
Ending balance$(3) $(37) $(3) $(37)$
 $17
(1)Income tax effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act are reclassified from AOCI to retained earnings due to early adoption of ASU 2018-02.
(2)Reclassifications are reported in other noninterest incomeinterest expense on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Note 1312 - Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share, excluding dilution, is computed by dividing earnings applicable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised and converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that could then share in our earnings.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share of common stock:
Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,Three Months Ended March 31,
2017 2016 2017 20162019 2018
(Dollars in millions, except share data)(Dollars in millions, except share data)
Net income$40
 $57
 $108
 $143
$36
 $35
Deferred cumulative preferred stock dividends
 (2) 
 (18)
Net income applicable to common stockholders$40
 $55
 $108
 $125
Weighted average shares       
Weighted Average Shares   
Weighted average common shares outstanding57,162,025
 56,580,238
 57,062,696
 56,556,188
56,897,799
 57,356,654
Effect of dilutive securities          
May Investor Warrants
 364,791
 16,383
 339,893
Stock-based awards1,024,568
 988,777
 1,054,217
 831,181
692,473
 957,731
Weighted average diluted common shares58,186,593
 57,933,806
 58,133,296
 57,727,262
57,590,272
 58,314,385
Earnings per common share          
Basic earnings per common share$0.71
 $0.98
 $1.90
 $2.21
$0.64
 $0.61
Effect of dilutive securities          
May Investor Warrants
 
 
 (0.02)
Stock-based awards(0.01) (0.02) (0.04) (0.03)(0.01) (0.01)
Diluted earnings per common share$0.70
 $0.96
 $1.86
 $2.16
$0.63
 $0.60

Under the terms of the TARP Preferred, the Company elected to defer payments of preferred stock dividends beginning with the February 2012 dividend. Although, while being deferred, the impact was not included in quarterly net income from continuing operations, the deferral did impact net income applicable to common stock for the purpose of calculating earnings per share, as shown above. On July 29, 2016, we completed the $267 million redemption of our TARP Preferred.

Note 1413 - Stock-Based Compensation

We had stock-based compensation expense of $2$3 million and $8$2 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017.March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2018, respectively.



Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units
    
The following table summarizes restricted stock and restricted stock units activity:
Three Months Ended September 30, 2017 Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017Three Months Ended March 31, 2019
Shares Weighted — Average Grant-Date Fair Value per Share Shares Weighted — Average Grant-Date Fair Value per ShareShares Weighted — Average Grant-Date Fair Value per Share
Restricted Stock       
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units   
Non-vested balance at beginning of period1,455,327
 $19.88
 1,461,910
 $17.68
1,620,568
 $27.27
Granted28,750
 23.57
 355,088
 28.02
60,879
 30.68
Vested(298) 16.77
 (214,239) 18.95
(31,364) 34.45
Canceled and forfeited(15,952) 23.31
 (134,932) 18.57
(17,701) 32.17
Non-vested balance at end of period1,467,827
 $19.92
 1,467,827
 $19.92
1,632,382
 $27.20

2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("2017 ESPP") was approved on March 20, 2017 by our Board of Directors ("the Board") and on May 23, 2017 by our shareholders. The 2017 ESPP became effective July 1, 2017 and will remain effective until terminated by the Board. A total of 800,000 shares of the Company’s common stock are reserved and authorized for issuance for purchase under the 2017 ESPP. DuringEmployee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP). There were 32,878 shares issued under the ESPP during the three months ended September 30, 2017, 19,897 shares were issued underMarch 31, 2019 and the 2017 ESPP and our associated compensation expense was de minimis.

Note 15Note 14 - Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes in interim periods requires us to make a best estimate of the effective tax rate expected to be applicable for the full year, adjusted for any discreetdiscrete items for the applicable period. This estimated effective tax rate is then applied to interim consolidated pre-tax operating income to determine the interim provision for income taxes.

The following table presents our provision for income tax and effective tax provision rate:
Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,Three Months Ended March 31,
2017 2016 2017 20162019 2018
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Provision for income taxes$20
 $30
 $52
 $73
$8
 $9
Effective tax provision rate32.4% 34.3% 32.3% 33.8%18.4% 20.1%

We believe that it is unlikely that our unrecognized tax benefits will change by a material amount during the next 12 months. We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in provision for income taxes.

Note 1615 - Regulatory Matters

Regulatory Capital

We, along with the Bank, must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that could have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements. On January 1, 2015, the Basel III rules became effective and includeincluded transition provisions through 2018. In preparation for the expected capital simplification rules, the Basel III implementation phase-in has been halted, as the agencies issued a final rule that will maintain the capital rules’ 2017 transition provisions for several regulatory capital deductions and certain other requirements that are subject to multi-year phase-in schedules in the regulatory capital rules.

To be categorized as "well-capitalized," the Company and the Bank must maintain minimum tangible capital, Tier 1 capital, common equity Tier 1, and total capital ratios as set forth in the table below. We, along with the Bank, are considered "well-capitalized" at both September 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016.2018.


The following tables present the regulatory capital ratios as of the dates indicated:
BancorpActual For Capital Adequacy Purposes Well Capitalized Under Prompt��Corrective Action Provisions
Flagstar BancorpActual For Capital Adequacy Purposes Well-Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
AmountRatio AmountRatio AmountRatioAmountRatio AmountRatio AmountRatio
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017        
March 31, 2019        
Tangible capital (to adjusted avg. total assets)$1,423
8.80% 
N/A
N/A
 
N/A
N/A
$1,520
8.37% N/A
N/A
 N/A
N/A
Tier 1 leverage (to adjusted avg. total assets)1,423
8.80% $647
4.00% $808
5.00%1,520
8.37% $727
4.0% $909
5.0%
Common equity Tier 1 capital (to RWA)1,208
11.65% 467
4.50% 674
6.50%1,280
9.69% 594
4.5% 859
6.5%
Tier 1 capital (to RWA)1,423
13.72% 622
6.00% 830
8.00%1,520
11.51% 793
6.0% 1,057
8.0%
Total capital (to RWA)1,554
14.99% 830
8.00% 1,037
10.00%1,650
12.49% 1,057
8.0% 1,321
10.0%
December 31, 2016        
December 31, 2018        
Tangible capital (to adjusted avg. total assets)$1,256
8.88% N/A
N/A
 N/A
N/A
$1,505
8.29% N/A
N/A
 N/A
N/A
Tier 1 leverage (to adjusted avg. total assets)1,256
8.88% $566
4.0% $707
5.0%1,505
8.29% $726
4.0% $908
5.0%
Common equity Tier 1 capital (to RWA)1,084
13.06% 374
4.5% 540
6.5%1,265
10.54% 540
4.5% 780
6.5%
Tier 1 capital (to RWA)1,256
15.12% 498
6.0% 664
8.0%1,505
12.54% 720
6.0% 960
8.0%
Total capital (to RWA)1,363
16.41% 664
8.0% 830
10.0%1,637
13.63% 960
8.0% 1,201
10.0%
N/A - Not applicable
BankActual For Capital Adequacy Purposes Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
Flagstar BankActual For Capital Adequacy Purposes Well-Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
AmountRatio AmountRatio AmountRatioAmountRatio AmountRatio AmountRatio
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017        
March 31, 2019        
Tangible capital (to adjusted avg. total assets)$1,519
9.38% 
N/A
N/A
 
N/A
N/A
$1,641
9.04% N/A
N/A
 N/A
N/A
Tier 1 leverage (to adjusted avg. total assets)1,519
9.38% $648
4.00% $810
5.00%1,641
9.04% $726
4.0% $908
5.0%
Common equity tier 1 capital (to RWA)1,519
14.61% 468
4.50% 676
6.50%1,641
12.44% 594
4.5% 858
6.5%
Tier 1 capital (to RWA)1,519
14.61% 624
6.00% 832
8.00%1,641
12.44% 792
6.0% 1,055
8.0%
Total capital (to RWA)1,651
15.88% 832
8.00% 1,040
10.00%1,771
13.42% 1,055
8.0% 1,319
10.0%
December 31, 2016        
December 31, 2018        
Tangible capital (to adjusted avg. total assets)$1,491
10.52% N/A
N/A
 N/A
N/A
$1,574
8.67% N/A
N/A
 N/A
N/A
Tier 1 leverage (to adjusted avg. total assets)1,491
10.52% $567
4.0% $709
5.0%1,574
8.67% $726
4.0% $908
5.0%
Common equity tier 1 capital (to RWA)1,491
17.90% 375
4.5% 542
6.5%1,574
13.12% 540
4.5% 780
6.5%
Tier 1 capital (to RWA)1,491
17.90% 500
6.0% 667
8.0%1,574
13.12% 720
6.0% 960
8.0%
Total capital (to RWA)1,598
19.18% 667
8.0% 833
10.0%1,705
14.21% 960
8.0% 1,200
10.0%
N/A - Not applicable

Note 1716 - Legal Proceedings, Contingencies and Commitments

Legal Proceedings

We and our subsidiaries are subject to various pending or threatened legal proceedings arising out of the normal course of business operations. In addition, the Bank is routinely named in civil actions throughout the country by borrowers and former borrowers relating to the origination, purchase, sale, and servicing of mortgage loans. From time to time, governmental agencies also conduct investigations or examinations of various practices of the Bank. In the course of such investigations or examinations, the Bank cooperates with such agencies and provides information as requested.

We assess the liabilities and loss contingencies in connection with pending or threatened legal and regulatory proceedings on at least a quarterly basis and establish accruals when we believe it is probable that a loss may be incurred and that the amount of such loss can be reasonably estimated. Once established, litigation accruals are adjusted, as appropriate, in light of additional information.



At September 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, we do not believe that the amount of any reasonably possible losses in excess of any amounts accrued with respect to ongoing proceedings or any other known claims will be material to our financial statements, or that the ultimate outcome of these actions will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

DOJ litigation settlement

In 2012, the Bank entered into a Settlement Agreement with the DOJ which meets the definition of a financial liability (the "DOJ Liability").

In accordance with the Settlement Agreement, we made an initial payment of $15 million and agreed to make future annual payments totaling $118 million in annual increments of up to $25 million upon meeting all conditions, which are evaluated quarterly and include: (a) the reversal of the DTA valuation allowance, which occurred at the end of 2013; (b) the repayment of the Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C (the "TARP Preferred"), which occurred in the third quarter of 2016; and (c) the Bank’s Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio equals 11 percent or greater as filed in the Call Report with the OCC.

No payment would be required until six months after the Bank files its Call Report with the OCC first reporting that its Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio was 11 percent or greater. If all other conditions were then satisfied, an initial annual payment would be due at that time. The next annual payment is only made if such other conditions continue to be satisfied, otherwise payments are delayed until all such conditions are met. Further, making such a payment must not violate any material banking regulatory requirement, and the OCC must not object in writing.

Consistent with our business and regulatory requirements, Flagstar shall seek in good faith to fulfill the conditions, and will not undertake any conduct or fail to take any action the purpose of which is to frustrate or delay our ability to fulfill any of the above conditions.

Additionally, if the Bank and Bancorp become party to a business combination in which the Bank or Bancorp represent less than 33.3 percent of the resulting company’s assets. Annualassets, annual payments must commence twelve months after the date of that business combination.

WeThe Settlement Agreement meets the definition of a financial instrument for which we elected to account for the DOJ Liability under the fair value option. To determineWe consider the fair value, we utilize a discounted cash flow model. Key assumptions for the discounted cash flow model include using a discount rate as of September 30, 2017 of 9.4 percent; probability weightings of multiple cash flow scenarios and possible outcomes which contemplate the above conditions and estimates of forecasted net income, size of the balance sheet, capital levels, dividends and their impact on the timing of cash payments and the assumptions we believe a market participant would make to transfer the liability.liability and evaluate the potential ways we might satisfy the Settlement Agreement and our estimates of the likelihood of these outcomes, which may change over time. The fair value of the DOJ Liability was $60 million at both September 30, 2017liability is subject to significant uncertainty and December 31, 2016.    

is impacted by forecasted estimates of the timing of potential payments some of which are impacted by inputs including estimates of equity, earnings, timing and amount of dividends and growth of the balance sheet and their related impacts on forecasted Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio. For further information on the fair value of the liability, see Note 17 - Fair Value Measurements.
Other litigation accruals

At September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, excludingExcluding the fair value liability relating to the DOJ litigation settlement, our total accrual for contingent liabilities and settled litigation and regulatory matters was $2 million at March 31, 2019 and $3 million, respectively.

December 31, 2018.

Commitments

The following table is a summary of the contractual amount of significant commitments:
September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016March 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Commitments to extend credit      
Mortgage loans interest-rate lock commitments$4,804
 $4,115
$4,286
 $2,293
Warehouse loan commitments1,560
 1,670
2,222
 2,334
Commercial and industrial commitments692
 424
1,007
 918
Other commercial commitments955
 651
1,529
 1,260
HELOC commitments241
 179
454
 429
Other consumer commitments51
 57
189
 108
Standby and commercial letters of credit46
 30
64
 63


Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is not a violation of any condition established in the contract. Since many of these commitments expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash flow requirements. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. We evaluate each customer's credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by us, upon extension of credit is based on management's credit evaluation of the counterparties.

These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk beyond the amount recognized on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. Our exposure to credit losses in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. We utilize the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as we do for balance sheet instruments. The types of credit we extend are as follows:

Mortgage loan interest-rate lock commitments. We enter into mortgage interest-rate lock commitments with our customers. These commitments are considered to be derivative instruments and the fair value of these commitments is recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition in other assets. For further information, see Note 89 - Derivative Financial Instruments.

Warehouse loan commitments. Lines of credit provided to mortgage originators to fund loans they originate and then sell. The proceeds of the sale of the loans are used to repay the draw on the line used to fund the loans.

Commercial and industrial and other commercial commitments. Conditional commitments issued under various terms to lend funds to business and other entities. These commitments include revolving credit agreements, term loan commitments and short-term borrowing agreements. Many of these loan commitments have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of these commitments are expected to expire without being funded, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future liquidity requirements.

HELOC commitments. Commitments to extend, originate or purchase credit are primarily lines of credit to consumers and have specified rates and maturity dates. Many of these commitments also have adverse change clauses, which allow us to cancel the commitment due to deterioration in the borrowers’ creditworthiness or a decline in the collateral value.

Other consumer commitments. Conditional commitments issued to accommodate the financial needs of customers. The commitments are made under various terms to lend funds to consumers, which include revolving credit agreements, term loan commitments and short-term borrowing agreements.

Standby and commercial letters of credit. Conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Standby letters of credit generally are contingent upon the failure of the customer to perform according to the terms of the underlying contract with the third party, while commercial letters of credit are issued specifically to facilitate commerce and typically result in the commitment being drawn on when the underlying transaction is consummated between the customer and the third party. These financial standby letters of credit irrevocably obligate the bank to pay a third party beneficiary when a customer fails to repay an outstanding loan or debt instrument.

We maintain a reserve for the estimate of probable credit losses inherent in unfunded commitments to extend credit. Unfunded commitments to extend credit include unfunded loans with available balances, new commitments to lend that are not

yet funded, and standby and commercial letters of credit. A reserve balance of $3 million at both September 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 20162018, is reflected in other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

Note 1817 - Fair Value Measurements

We utilize fair value measurements to record or disclose the fair value on certain assets and liabilities. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability through an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The determination of fair values of financial instruments often requires the use of estimates. In cases where quoted market values in an active market are not available, we use present value techniques and other valuation methods to estimate the fair values of our financial instruments. These valuation models rely on market-based parameters when available, such as interest rate yield curves or credit spreads. Unobservable inputs may be based on management's judgment, assumptions and estimates related to credit quality, our future earnings, interest rates and other relevant inputs. These valuation methods require considerable judgment and the resulting estimates of fair value can be significantly affected by the assumptions made and methods used. Refer to Note 22 - Fair Value Measurements to the consolidated financial statements of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 for a description of our valuation methodologies and information about the fair value hierarchy.



Valuation Hierarchy

U.S. GAAP establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The hierarchy is based on the transparency of the inputs used in the valuation process with the highest priority given to quoted prices available in active markets and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs where no active market exists, as discussed below.

Level 1 - Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets in which we can participate as of the measurement date;

Level 2 - Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, and other inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument; and

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that reflect our own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

A financial instrument's categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input within the valuation hierarchy that is significant to the overall fair value measurement. Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are recognized at the end of the reporting period.


Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis.Basis

The following tables present the financial instruments carried at fair value by caption on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition and by level in the valuation hierarchy.

 September 30, 2017
 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 
Total Fair
Value
 (Dollars in millions)
Investment securities available-for-sale       
Agency - Commercial$
 $750
 $
 $750
Agency - Residential
 809
 
 809
Municipal obligations
 44
 
 44
Corporate debt obligations
 34
 
 34
Loans held-for-sale       
Residential first mortgage loans
 4,907
 
 4,907
Loans held-for-investment       
Residential first mortgage loans
 9
 
 9
Home equity
 
 4
 4
Mortgage servicing rights
 
 246
 246
Derivative assets       
Rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted)
 
 33
 33
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
 12
 
 12
Interest rate swaps and swaptions
 14
 
 14
Interest rate swap on FHLB advances (net)
 1
 
 1
Total assets at fair value$
 $6,580
 $283
 $6,863
Derivative liabilities       
Rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted)$
 $
 $(1) $(1)
Futures(3) 
 
 (3)
Mortgage backed securities forwards
 (4) 
 (4)
Interest rate swaps
 (2) 
 (2)
DOJ litigation settlement
 
 (60) (60)
Contingent consideration
 
 (26) (26)
Total liabilities at fair value$(3) $(6) $(87) $(96)
On May 15, 2017, the Company closed on the acquisition of certain assets of Opes Advisors (“Opes”), a California based retail mortgage originator and wealth management service provider. Although the acquired assets of Opes were not significant, the addition of Opes positions us to increase our distributed retail lending channel. Consideration in the acquisition of Opes consisted of upfront cash and contingent cash in the form of an earn-out. The earn-out is based on future target production volumes and profitability of the division which were significant inputs to the preliminary fair value. We deem the initial valuation of the assets and liabilities to be provisional and have left the measurement period open. These fair values may be adjusted in a future period, not to exceed one year after the acquisition date, to reflect new facts and circumstances which existed as of the acquisition date. During the third quarter of 2017, an adjustment was made to the initial fair value of the acquisition earn-out that was the result of facts and circumstances in existence at the acquisition date.


 March 31, 2019
 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Fair Value
 (Dollars in millions)
Investment securities available-for-sale       
Agency - Commercial$
 $1,376
 $
 $1,376
Agency - Residential
 649
 
 649
Municipal obligations
 32
 
 32
Corporate debt obligations
 53
 
 53
Other MBS
 31
 
 31
Certificate of Deposit
 1
 
 1
Loans held-for-sale       
Residential first mortgage loans
 3,846
 
 3,846
Loans held-for-investment       
Residential first mortgage loans
 8
 
 8
Home equity
 
 2
 2
Mortgage servicing rights
 
 278
 278
Derivative assets       
Rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted)
 
 37
 37
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
 4
 
 4
Interest rate swaps and swaptions
 16
 
 16
Total assets at fair value$
 $6,016
 $317
 $6,333
Derivative liabilities       
Futures$
 $(1) $
 $(1)
Mortgage backed securities forwards
 (41) 
 (41)
Interest rate swaps
 (4) 
 (4)
DOJ litigation settlement
 
 (60) (60)
Contingent consideration
 
 (6) (6)
Total liabilities at fair value$
 $(46) $(66) $(112)


December 31, 2016December 31, 2018
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Fair
Value
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Fair Value
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Investment securities available-for-sale              
Agency - Commercial$
 $548
 $
 $548
$
 $1,374
 $
 $1,374
Agency - Residential
 898
 
 898

 662
 
 662
Municipal obligations
 34
 
 34

 32
 
 32
Corporate debt obligations
 41
 
 41
Other MBS
 32
 
 32
Loans held-for-sale              
Residential first mortgage loans
 3,145
 
 3,145

 3,732
 
 3,732
Loans held-for-investment              
Residential first mortgage loans
 7
 
 7

 8
 
 8
Home equity
 
 65
 65

 
 2
 2
Mortgage servicing rights
 
 335
 335

 
 290
 290
Derivative assets              
Rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted)
 
 24
 24

 
 20
 20
Futures2
 
 
 2
Mortgage backed securities forwards
 43
 
 43
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
 4
 
 4
Interest rate swaps and swaptions
 35
 
 35

 23
 
 23
Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances (net)
 19
 
 19
Total assets at fair value$2
 $4,729
 $424
 $5,155
$
 $5,908
 $312
 $6,220
Derivative liabilities              
Rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted)$
 $
 $(6) $(6)
Mortgage backed securities forwards
 (11) 
 (11)
Futures$
 $(1) $
 $(1)
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
 (31) 
 (31)
Interest rate swaps
 (37) 
 (37)
 (7) 
 (7)
Warrant liabilities
 (4) 
 (4)
DOJ litigation settlement
 
 (60) (60)
 
 (60) (60)
Contingent consideration
 
 (6) (6)
Total liabilities at fair value$
 $(52) $(66) $(118)$
 $(39) $(66) $(105)

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the nine months ended September 30, 2017.


Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs

The following tables include a roll forward of the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition amounts (including the change in fair value) for financial instruments classified by us within levelLevel 3 of the valuation hierarchy:

 Recorded in Earnings Recorded in OCI 
Balance at
Beginning of
Period
 Total Gains (Losses) Recorded in Earnings (1) Purchases / Originations Sales Settlement Transfers In (Out) 
Balance at
End of 
Period
Balance at
Beginning of
Period
Total Unrealized Gains / (Losses)Total Realized Gains / (Losses) Total Unrealized Gains / (Losses)Purchases / OriginationsSalesSettlementsTransfers In (Out)
Balance at
End of 
Period
(Dollars in millions)
(Dollars in millions)
Three Months Ended September 30, 2017   
Three Months Ended March 31, 2019             
Assets                
Loans held-for-investment                
Home equity$5
$
$
 $
$
$
$(1)$
$4
$2
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $2
Mortgage servicing rights184
(9)
 
75
(4)

246
Rate lock commitments (net) (1)26
21

 
82


(97)32
Mortgage servicing rights (2)290
 (34) 67
 (45) 
 
 278
Rate lock commitments (net) (2)(3)20
 25
 50
 
 
 (58) 37
Totals$215
$12
$
 $
$157
$(4)$(1)$(97)$282
$312
 $(9) $117
 $(45) $
 $(58) $317
Liabilities                
DOJ litigation settlement$(60)$
$
 $
$
$
$
$
$(60)$(60) $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $(60)
Contingent consideration(23)(1)
 
(2)


(26)(6) 
 
 
 
 
 (6)
Totals$(83)$(1)$
 $
$(2)$
$
$
$(86)$(66) $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $(66)
                
Three Months Ended September 30, 2016   
Three Months Ended March 31, 2018Three Months Ended March 31, 2018            
Assets                
Loans held-for-investment                
Home equity$82
$4
$
 $
$
$
$(14)$
$72
$4
 $1
 $
 $
 $(1) $
 $4
Mortgage servicing rights301
(33)
 
51
(17)

302
Rate lock commitments (net) (1)82
33

 
116
(150)(18)
63
Mortgage servicing rights (2)291
 5
 84
 (141) 
 
 239
Rate lock commitments (net) (2)(3)24
 (34) 62
 
 
 (22) 30
Totals$465
$4
$
 $
$167
$(167)$(32)$
$437
$319
 $(28) $146
 $(141) $(1) $(22) $273
Liabilities                
DOJ litigation settlement$(84)$24
$
 $
$
$
$
$
$(60)$(60) $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $(60)
Contingent consideration(25) 2
 
 
 2
 
 (21)
Totals$(85) $2
 $
 $
 $2
 $
 $(81)
(1)There were no unrealized gains (losses) recorded in OCI during the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018.
(2)We utilized swaptions, futures, forward agency and loan sales and interest rate swaps to manage the risk associated with mortgage servicing rights and rate lock commitments. Gains and losses for individual lines do not reflect the effect of our risk management activities related to such Level 3 instruments.
(3)Rate lock commitments are reported on a fallout adjustedfallout-adjusted basis. Transfers out of Level 3 represent the settlement value of the commitments that are transferred to LHFS, which are classified as Level 2 assets.


  Recorded in Earnings Recorded in OCI     
 Balance at
Beginning of
Period
Total Unrealized Gains / (Losses)Total Realized Gains / (Losses) Total Unrealized Gains / (Losses)Purchases / OriginationsSalesSettlementsTransfers In (Out)Balance at
End of 
Period
 (Dollars in millions)
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017         
Assets          
Loans held-for-sale          
Home equity$
$1
$
 $
$
$(52)$(1)$52
$
Loans held-for-investment          
Home equity65
1





(7)(55)4
Mortgage servicing rights335
(7)
 
178
(260)

246
Rate lock commitments (net) (1)18
55

 
199


(240)32
Totals$418
$50
$
 $
$377
$(312)$(8)$(243)$282
Liabilities          
DOJ litigation settlement$(60)$
$
 $
$
$
$
$
$(60)
Contingent consideration
(1)
 
(25)


(26)
Totals$(60)$(1)$
 $
$(25)$
$
$
$(86)
           
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2016         
Assets          
Loans held-for-investment          
Home equity$106
$2
$
 $
$
$
$(36)$
$72
Mortgage servicing rights296
(126)
 
173
(41)

302
Rate lock commitments (net) (1)26
153

 
303
(371)(48)
63
Totals$428
$29
$
 $
$476
$(412)$(84)$
$437
Liabilities          
DOJ litigation settlement$(84)$24
$
 $
$
$
$
$
$(60)
(1)Rate lock commitments are reported on a fallout adjusted basis. Transfers out of Level 3 represent the settlement value of the commitments that are transferred to LHFS, which are classified as Level 2 assets.

We utilized swaptions futures, forward agency and loan sales and interest rate swaps to manage the risk associated with MSRs and rate lock commitments. Gains and losses for individual lines in the tables do not reflect the effect of our risk management activities related to such level 3 instruments.


The following tables present the quantitative information about recurring levelLevel 3 fair value financial instruments and the fair value measurements as of:
Fair Value Valuation Technique Unobservable Input Range (Weighted Average)Fair Value Valuation Technique Unobservable Input Range (Weighted Average) 
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions) 
September 30, 2017 
March 31, 2019  
Assets   
Loans held-for-investment    
Home equity$4
 Discounted cash flows Discount rate
Constant prepayment rate
Constant default rate
 7.2% - 10.8% (9.0%)
5.2% - 7.7% (6.5%)
3.0% - 4.5% (3.4%)
$2
 Discounted cash flows Discount rate
Constant prepayment rate
Constant default rate
 7.2% -10.8% (9.0%)
12.5% - 18.8% (15.6%)
3.0%-4.5% (3.7%)
(1)
Mortgage servicing rights$246
 Discounted cash flows Option adjusted spread
Constant prepayment rate
Weighted average cost to service per loan
 4.7% - 7.0% (5.8%)
7.8% - 11.4% (9.6%)
$57 - $85 ($71)
$278
 Discounted cash flows Option adjusted spread
Constant prepayment rate
Weighted average cost to service per loan
 2.3% - 25.9% (5.5%)
0% - 11.4% (10.2%)
$67 - $95 ($86)
(1)
Rate lock commitments (net)$32
 Consensus pricing Origination pull-through rate 63.9% - 95.9% (79.9%)$37
 Consensus pricing Origination pull-through rate 78.9% - 87.2% (80.4%)(1)
Liabilities    
DOJ litigation settlement$60
 Discounted cash flows Discount rate
Asset growth rate
 7.5% - 11.3% (9.4%)
5.6% - 16.8% (6.5%)
$(60) Discounted cash flows See description below See description below 
Contingent consideration$26
 Discounted cash flows Beta
Equity volatility
 0.6 - 1.6 (1.1)
26.6% - 58.9% (40.5%)
$(6) Discounted cash flows Beta
Equity volatility
 0.6 - 1.6 (1.1)
26.6% - 58.9% (40.0%)
(2)
Fair Value Valuation Technique Unobservable Input Range (Weighted Average)Fair Value Valuation Technique Unobservable Input Range (Weighted Average) 
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions) 
December 31, 2016 
December 31, 2018  
Assets   
Loans held-for-investment    
Home equity$65
 Discounted cash flows Discount rate
Constant prepayment rate
Constant default rate
 6.0% - 12.2% (9.3%)
16.3% - 24.4% (20.3%)
2.7% - 4.1% (3.7%)
$2
 Discounted cash flows Discount rate
Constant prepayment rate
Constant default rate
 7.2% - 10.8% (9.0%)
13.6% - 20.3% (16.9%)
3.0% - 4.6% (3.8%)
(1)
Mortgage servicing rights$335
 Discounted cash flows Option adjusted spread
Constant prepayment rate
Weighted average cost to service per loan
 6.2% - 9.3% (7.8%)
13.9% - 19.2% (16.7%)
$55 - $82 ($68)
$290
 Discounted cash flows Option adjusted spread
Constant prepayment rate
Weighted average cost to service per loan
 2.1% - 25.9% (5.4%)
0% - 10.7% (9.6%)
$67 - $95 ($86)
(1)
Rate lock commitments (net)$18
 Consensus pricing Origination pull-through rate 66.9% - 100.0% (83.6%)$20
 Consensus pricing Origination pull-through rate 75.0% - 87.2% (76.8%)(1)
Liabilities    
DOJ litigation settlement$60
 Discounted cash flows Discount rate
Asset growth rate
 6.6% - 9.8% (8.2%)
4.2% - 11.6% (7.9%)
$(60) Discounted cash flows See description below See description below 
Contingent consideration$(6) Discounted cash flows Beta
Equity volatility
 0.6 - 1.6 (1.1)
26.6% - 58.9% (40.0%)
(2)
(1)Unobservable inputs were weighted by their relative fair value of the instruments.
(2)Unobservable inputs were not weighted as only one instrument exists.

Recurring Significant Unobservable Inputs

Home equity. The most significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the home equity loans are discount rates, constant prepayment rates, and default rates. The constant prepayment and default rates are based on a 12 month historical average. Significant increases (decreases) in the discount rate in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Increases (decreases) in prepay rates in isolation result in a higher (lower) fair value and increases (decreases) in default rates in isolation result in a lower (higher) fair value. HELOC loans formerly included in the FSTAR 2005-1 and FSTAR 2006-1 securitization trusts, also classified as home equity loans, were valued utilizing a loan-level discounted cash flow model which projects expected cash flows given three potential outcomes: (1) paid-in-full at scheduled maturity, (2) default at scheduled maturity (foreclosure), and (3) modification at scheduled maturity into an amortizing HELOC. Loans are placed into the potential outcome buckets based on their underlying current delinquency, FICO scores and property CLTV all of which are unobservable inputs. These loans were sold in the second quarter of 2017.

MSRs. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the MSRs are option adjusted spreads, prepayment rates, and cost to service. Significant increases (decreases) in all three assumptions in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Weighted average life (in years) is used to determine the change in fair value of MSRs. For September 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and December 31, 20162018, the weighted average life (in years) for the entire MSRsMSR portfolio was 6.04.5 and 6.6,5.2, respectively.


DOJ litigation settlement. The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the DOJ litigation settlement isare the discount rate and asset growth rate, in addition to those assumptions discussed in Note 1716 - Legal Proceedings, Contingencies and Commitments. Significant increases (decreases) in the discount rate or asset growth rate in isolation wouldmay result in a marginally lower (higher) fair value measurement. For further information on the fair value inputs related to the DOJ litigation settlement, see Note 1716 - Legal Proceedings, Contingencies, and Commitments.



Rate lock commitments. The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the rate lock commitments is the pull through rate. The pull through rate is a statistical analysis of our actual rate lock fallout history to determine the sensitivity of the residential mortgage loan pipeline compared to interest rate changes and other deterministic values. New market prices are applied based on updated loan characteristics and new fallout ratios (i.e., the inverse of the pull through rate) are applied accordingly. Significant increases (decreases) in the pull through rate in isolation would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement.

Contingent consideration. The significant unobservable input used in the fair value of the contingent consideration is future forecasted target production volumes and profitability of the division. An increase or decrease to these inputs results in an increase or decrease of the liability. Other unobservable inputs include Beta and volatility which drive the risk adjusted discount rate utilized in a Monte Carlo simulation. An increase or decreaseIncreases (decreases) in these inputs results in a decrease or increaselower (higher) to the liability.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
    
We also have assets that under certain conditions are subject to measurement at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

basis under certain conditions. The following table presents assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis:
Total (1) Level 2 Level 3 Gains/(Losses)Total (1) Level 2 Level 3 Gains (Losses)
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017   
Loans held-for-sale (2)
$6
 $6
 $
 $(1)
Impaired loans held-for-investment (2)
       
Loans held-for-investment23
 
 23
 (8)
Repossessed assets (3)
9
 
 9
 
Totals$38
 $6
 $32
 $(9)
December 31, 2016       
March 31, 2019   
Loans held-for-sale (2)
$9
 $9
 $
 $(2)$7
 $7
 $
 $(1)
Impaired loans held-for-investment (2)
              
Residential first mortgage loans25
 
 25
 (28)13
 
 13
 (5)
Repossessed assets (3)
14
 
 14
 (2)8
 
 8
 (3)
Totals$48
 $9
 $39
 $(32)$28
 $7
 $21
 $(9)
December 31, 2018       
Loans held-for-sale (2)
$5
 $5
 $
 $(1)
Impaired loans held-for-investment (2)
       
Residential first mortgage loans12
 
 12
 (4)
Repossessed assets (3)
7
 
 7
 (3)
Totals$24
 $5
 $19
 $(8)
(1)The fair values are determined at various dates during the ninethree months ended September 30, 2017March 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2016,2018, respectively.
(2)Gains/Gains (losses) reflect fair value adjustments on assets for which we did not elect the fair value option.
(3)Gains/Gains (losses) reflect write downs of repossessed assets based on the estimated fair value of the specific assets.

The following tables presenttable presents the quantitative information about nonrecurring levelLevel 3 fair value financial instruments and the fair value measurements:
Fair Value Valuation Technique Unobservable Input Range (Weighted Average)Fair Value Valuation Technique Unobservable Input Range (Weighted Average) 
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017  
March 31, 2019  
Impaired loans held-for-investment    
Loans held-for-investment$23
 Fair value of collateral Loss severity discount 28% - 31% (29.6%)$13
 Fair value of collateral Loss severity discount 25% - 30% (26.7%)(1)
Repossessed assets$9
 Fair value of collateral Loss severity discount 29% - 100% (75.3%)$8
 Fair value of collateral Loss severity discount 0% - 100% (23.3%)(1)
December 31, 2016  
December 31, 2018  
Impaired loans held-for-investment    
Residential first mortgage loans$25
 Fair value of collateral Loss severity discount 22% - 40% (29.5%)
Loans held-for-investment$12
 Fair value of collateral Loss severity discount 25% - 30% (28.3%)(1)
Repossessed assets$14
 Fair value of collateral Loss severity discount 22% - 100% (69.5%)$7
 Fair value of collateral Loss severity discount 0% - 100% (25.8%)(1)
(1)Unobservable inputs were weighted by their relative fair value of the instruments.

Nonrecurring Significant Unobservable Inputs

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the impaired loans and repossessed assets are appraisals or other third-party price evaluations which incorporate measures such as recent sales prices for comparable properties.



Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following table presents the carrying amount and estimated fair value of financial instruments that are carried either at fair value, cost, or amortized cost:
September 30, 2017March 31, 2019
  Estimated Fair Value  Estimated Fair Value
Carrying
Value
 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3Carrying Value Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Assets                  
Cash and cash equivalents$233
 $233
 $233
 $
 $
$390
 $390
 $390
 $
 $
Investment securities available-for-sale1,637
 1,637
 
 1,637
 
2,142
 2,142
 
 2,142
 
Investment securities held-to-maturity977
 971
 
 971
 
683
 666
 
 666
 
Loans held-for-sale4,939
 4,940
 
 4,940
 
3,874
 3,874
 
 3,874
 
Loans held-for-investment7,203
 7,181
 
 9
 7,172
9,936
 10,093
 
 8
 10,085
Loans with government guarantees253
 245
 
 245
 
470
 451
 
 451
 
Mortgage servicing rights246
 246
 
 
 246
278
 278
 
 
 278
Federal Home Loan Bank stock264
 264
 
 264
 
303
 303
 
 303
 
Bank owned life insurance328
 328
 
 328
 
342
 342
 
 342
 
Repossessed assets9
 9
 
 
 9
8
 8
 
 
 8
Other assets, foreclosure claims92
 92
 
 92
 
53
 53
 
 53
 
Derivative financial instruments, assets60
 60
 
 27
 33
57
 57
 
 20
 37
Liabilities                  
Retail deposits                  
Demand deposits and savings accounts$(5,243) $(4,845) $
 $(4,845) $
$(6,431) $(5,529) $
 $(5,529) $
Certificates of deposit(1,297) (1,304) 
 (1,304) 
(2,584) (2,590) 
 (2,590) 
Wholesale deposits(43) (43) 
 (43) 
(467) (468) 
 (468) 
Government deposits(1,068) (1,045) 
 (1,045) 
(1,187) (1,116) 
 (1,116) 
Company controlled deposits(1,510) (1,473) 
 (1,473) 
Custodial deposits(2,784) (2,738) 
 (2,738) 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances(5,365) (5,252) 
 (5,252) 
(3,351) (3,343) 
 (3,343) 
Long-term debt(493) (382) 
 (382) 
(495) (459) 
 (459) 
DOJ litigation settlement(60) (60) 
 
 (60)(60) (60) 
 
 (60)
Contingent consideration(26) (26) 
 
 (26)(6) (6) 
 
 (6)
Derivative financial instruments, liabilities(10) (10) (3) (6) (1)(46) (46) 
 (46) 


 December 31, 2016
   Estimated Fair Value
 
Carrying
Value
 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
 (Dollars in millions)
Assets         
Cash and cash equivalents$158
 $158
 $158
 $
 $
Investment securities available-for-sale1,480
 1,480
 
 1,480
 
Investment securities held-to-maturity1,093
 1,084
 
 1,084
 
Loans held-for-sale3,177
 3,178
 
 3,178
 
Loans held-for-investment6,065
 5,998
 
 7
 5,991
Loans with government guarantees365
 354
 
 354
 
Mortgage servicing rights335
 335
 
 
 335
Federal Home Loan Bank stock180
 180
 
 180
 
Bank owned life insurance271
 271
 
 271
 
Repossessed assets14
 14
 
 
 14
Other assets, foreclosure claims135
 135
 
 135
 
Derivative financial instruments, assets123
 123
 45
 54
 24
Liabilities         
Retail deposits         
Demand deposits and savings accounts$(5,268) $(4,956) $
 $(4,956) $
Certificates of deposit(1,056) (1,062) 
 (1,062) 
Government deposits(1,030) (1,011) 
 (1,011) 
Company controlled deposits(1,446) (1,371) 
 (1,371) 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances(2,980) (2,964) 
 (2,964) 
Long-term debt(493) (277) 
 (277) 
Warrant liabilities(4) (4) 
 (4) 
DOJ litigation settlement(60) (60) 
 
 (60)
Derivative financial instruments, liabilities(54) (54) (11) (37) (6)

The methods and assumptions used by us in estimating fair value of financial instruments which are required for disclosure only, are as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents. Due to their short-term nature, the carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value.
Investment securities held-to-maturity. Fair values are generated using market inputs, where possible, including quoted prices (the closing price in an exchange market), bid prices (the price at which a buyer stands ready to purchase), and other market information.

Loans held-for-investment. The fair value is estimated using internally developed discounted cash flow models using market interest rate inputs as well as management’s best estimate of spreads for similar collateral.

Loans with government guarantees. The fair value is estimated by using internally developed discounted cash flow models using market interest rate inputs as well as management’s best estimate of spreads for similar collateral.
Federal Home Loan Bank stock. No secondary market exists for FHLB stock. The stock is bought and sold at par by the FHLB. Management believes that the recorded value equals the fair value.

Bank owned life insurance. The fair value of bank owned life insurance policies is based on the cash surrender values of the policies as reported by the insurance companies.

Other assets, foreclosure claims. The fair value of foreclosure claims with government guarantees approximates the carrying amount.

Deposit accounts. The fair value of deposits with no defined maturity is estimated based on a discounted cash flow model that incorporates current market rates for similar products and expected attrition. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using the rates currently offered for certificates of deposit with similar remaining maturities.
Federal Home Loan Bank advances. Rates currently available for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate the fair value of the existing debt.

Long-term debt. The fair value of the long-term debt is estimated based on a discounted cash flow model that incorporates current borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.
 December 31, 2018
   Estimated Fair Value
 Carrying Value Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
 (Dollars in millions)
Assets         
Cash and cash equivalents$408
 $408
 $408
 $
 $
Investment securities available-for-sale2,142
 2,142
 
 2,142
 
Investment securities held-to-maturity703
 681
 
 681
 
Loans held-for-sale3,869
 3,870
 
 3,870
 
Loans held-for-investment9,088
 8,966
 
 8
 8,958
Loans with government guarantees392
 374
 
 374
 
Mortgage servicing rights290
 290
 
 
 290
Federal Home Loan Bank stock303
 303
 
 303
 
Bank owned life insurance340
 340
 
 340
 
Repossessed assets7
 7
 
 
 7
Other assets, foreclosure claims50
 50
 
 50
 
Derivative financial instruments, assets57
 47
 
 27
 20
Liabilities         
Retail deposits         
Demand deposits and savings accounts$(6,431) $(5,475) $
 $(5,475) $
Certificates of deposit(2,584) (2,379) 
 (2,379) 
Wholesale deposits(583) (585) 
 (585) 
Government deposits(1,187) (1,145) 
 (1,145) 
Custodial deposits(2,784) (1,664) 
 (1,664) 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances(3,351) (3,383) 
 (3,383) 
Long-term debt(495) (463) 
 (463) 
DOJ litigation settlement(60) (60) 
 
 (60)
Contingent consideration(6) (6) 
 
 (6)
Derivative financial instruments, liabilities(46) (39) 
 (39) 

Fair Value Option

We elected the fair value option for certain items as discussed throughout the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements to mitigate a divergence betweenmore closely align the accounting losses andmethod with the underlying economic exposure. Interest income on LHFS is accrued on the principal outstanding primarily using the "simple-interest" method.

The following table reflects the change in fair value included in earnings of financial instruments for which the fair value option has been elected:
 Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,
 2017 2016 2017 2016
 (Dollars in millions)
Assets       
Loans held-for-sale       
Net gain on loan sales$92
 $151
 $260
 $440
Loans held-for-investment       
Other noninterest income$
 $
 $1
 $(2)
Liabilities       
Other noninterest income$
 $24
 $
 $24
 Three Months Ended March 31,
 2019 2018
 (Dollars in millions)
Assets   
Loans held-for-sale   
Net gain (loss) on loan sales$79
 $(88)


The following table reflects the difference between the aggregate fair value and aggregate remaining contractual principal balance outstanding for assets and liabilities for which the fair value option has been elected:
September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016March 31, 2019 December 31, 2018


Unpaid Principal Balance Fair Value Fair Value Over / (Under) Unpaid Principal Balance Unpaid Principal Balance Fair Value Fair Value Over / (Under) Unpaid Principal BalanceUnpaid Principal Balance Fair Value Fair Value Over / (Under) Unpaid Principal Balance Unpaid Principal Balance Fair Value Fair Value Over / (Under) Unpaid Principal Balance
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Assets                      
Nonaccrual loans                      
Loans held-for-sale$4
 $4
 $
 $2
 $2
 $
$8
 $8
 $
 $6
 $6
 $
Loans held-for-investment6
 4
 (2) 19
 13
 (6)4
 3
 (1) 4
 3
 (1)
Total nonaccrual loans$10
 $8
 $(2) $21
 $15
 $(6)$12
 $11
 $(1) $10
 $9
 $(1)
Other performing loans                      
Loans held-for-sale$4,742
 $4,903
 $161
 $3,103
 $3,143
 $40
$3,698
 $3,838
 $140
 $3,601
 $3,726
 $125
Loans held-for-investment11
 9
 (2) 72
 59
 (13)8
 7
 (1) 8
 7
 (1)
Total other performing loans$4,753
 $4,912
 $159
 $3,175
 $3,202
 $27
$3,706
 $3,845
 $139
 $3,609
 $3,733
 $124
Total loans                      
Loans held-for-sale$4,746
 $4,907
 $161
 $3,105
 $3,145
 $40
$3,706
 $3,846
 $140
 $3,607
 $3,732
 $125
Loans held-for-investment17
 13
 (4) 91
 72
 (19)12
 10
 (2) 12
 10
 (2)
Total loans$4,763
 $4,920
 $157
 $3,196
 $3,217
 $21
$3,718
 $3,856
 $138
 $3,619
 $3,742
 $123
Liabilities                      
Litigation settlement (1)
$(118) $(60) $58
 $(118) $(60) $58
$(118) $(60) $58
 $(118) $(60) $58
(1)We are obligated to pay $118 million in installment payments upon meeting certain performance conditions, as described in Note 1716 - Legal Proceedings, Contingencies and Commitments.

Note 1918 - Segment Information

Our operations are conducted through three operating segments: Community Banking, Mortgage Originations, and
Mortgage Servicing. The Other segment includes the remaining reported activities. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise that engage in business activity from which revenues are earned and expenses are incurred for which discrete financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by executive management in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The operating segments have been determined based on the products and services offered and reflect the manner in which financial information is currently evaluated by management. Each segment operates under the same banking charter, but is reported on a segmented basis for this report. Each of the operating segments is complementary to each other and because of the interrelationships of the segments, the information presented is not indicative of how the segments would perform if they operated as independent entities.

EffectiveAs a result of Management's evaluation of our segments, effective January 1, 2017, activity related to Loans with Government Guarantees, was moved from2019, certain departments have been re-aligned between the Mortgage Servicing segment to the Mortgage Originations segmentCommunity Banking and we began to allocate the tax provision at a segment level. Prior to this change, the tax provision was reflected in the Other segment. The statutory federal tax rate is used for Community Banking, Mortgage Originations,income and Mortgage Servicing segments with the difference between the statutory rateexpenses relating to these changes are reflected in our financial statements and the effective tax rate held in the Other segment. Priorall prior period segment financial information related to both changes, has been recast to conform to the current presentation.

The Community Banking segment originates loans, provides deposits and fee based services to consumer, business, and mortgage lending customers through its Branch Banking, Business Banking and Commercial Banking, Government Banking, Warehouse Lending and LHFI Portfolio groups. Products offered through these groups include checking accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts, certificates of deposit, consumer loans, commercial loans, commercial real estate loans, equipment finance and leasing, home builder finance loans and warehouse lines of credit. Other financial services available include consumer and corporate card services, customized treasury management solutions, merchant services and capital markets services such as loan syndications. In addition, wealth managementsyndications, and investment and insurance products and services.
Within the Community Banking segment, revenue from contracts with customers includes deposit account and other banking income, interchange fees and investment and insurance income. During the three months ended March 31, 2019, deposit account and other banking income, which includes fees for outgoing wires, overdrafts, stop payments and ATM fees totaled $6 million, interchange fees totaled $3 million, and investment and insurance income totaled $1 million. These fees are recognized when obligations, under the terms of the contract with our customer, are satisfied, which generally occurs when


services are provided through Opesperformed. Revenue is measured as the amount of the acquisition date of May 15, 2017.

consideration we expect to receive in exchange for providing services. At March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, we had no significant revenue related receivables or contract liabilities.

The Mortgage Originations segment originates acquires and sellsacquires one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. The origination and acquisition of mortgage loans comprisesto sell or hold on our balance sheet. Loans originated-to-sell, comprise the majority of the lending activity. MortgageThese loans are originated through home loan centers, nationalmortgage branches, call centers, the Internet and unaffiliated banks and mortgage banking and brokerage companies, where the netthird party counterparties. The Mortgage Origination segment recognizes interest income on loans that are held for sale and the gains from sales associated with these loans, arewhereas the interest income on LHFI and a loss on sales for the purchase of these loans is recognized in the Mortgage OriginationsCommunity Banking segment.

The Mortgage Servicing segment services and subservices mortgage and other consumer loans for others on a fee for service basis and may also collect ancillary fees and earn income through the use of noninterest-bearing escrows. Revenue for those serviced and subserviced loans is earned on a contractual fee basis, with the fees varying based on our responsibilities and the status of the underlying loans. The Mortgage Servicing segment provides servicing of residential mortgagesalso services loans for our own LHFI portfolio in the Community Banking segment and our own LHFS portfolio in the Mortgage Originations segment, for which it earns revenue via an intercompany service fee allocation.

The Other segment includes the treasury functions, funding revenue associated with stockholders' equity,which include the impact of interest rate risk management, the impact of balance sheet funding activities and the administration of the investment securities portfolios, as well as miscellaneous other expenses of a corporate nature. Treasury functions include administering the investment securities portfolios, balance sheet funding, and interest rate risk management. In addition, the Other segment includes revenue and expenses related to treasury and corporate assets and liabilities and equity not directly assigned or allocated to the Community Banking, Mortgage Originations or Mortgage Servicing or Community Banking operating segments.

Revenues are comprised of net interest income (before the provision (benefit) for loan losses) and noninterest income. Noninterest expenses and provision (benefit) for income taxes, are fully allocated to each operating segment. Allocation methodologies may be subject to periodic adjustment as the internal management accounting system is revised and the business or product lines within the segments change.

The following tables present financial information by business segment for the periods indicated:
Three Months Ended September 30, 2017Three Months Ended March 31, 2019
Community Banking Mortgage Originations Mortgage Servicing Other TotalCommunity Banking Mortgage Originations Mortgage Servicing Other (1) Total
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Summary of Operations                  
Net interest income$63
 $34
 $7
 $(1) $103
$103
 $23
 $3
 $(3) $126
Net gain (loss) on loan sales(4) 79
 
 
 75
(6) 55
 
 
 49
Representation and warranty benefit
 4
 
 
 4
Other noninterest income9
 23
 11
 8
 51
Total net interest income and noninterest income68
 140
 18
 7
 233
Other noninterest income (loss)12
 16
 35
 (3) 60
Total net interest income and noninterest income (loss)109
 94
 38
 (6) 235
(Provision) benefit for loan losses(1) (1) 
 
 (2)(1) 
 
 1
 
Depreciation and amortization expense(2) (2) (1) (5) (10)
Other noninterest expense(49) (90) (22) 
 (161)
Compensation and benefits(24) (24) (6) (33) (87)
Other noninterest expense and directly allocated overhead(41) (36) (25) (2) (104)
Total noninterest expense(51) (92) (23) (5) (171)(65) (60) (31) (35) (191)
Income (loss) before income taxes16
 47
 (5) 2
 60
Provision (benefit) for income taxes6
 16
 (1) (1) 20
Income (loss) before indirect overhead allocations and income taxes43
 34
 7
 (40) 44
Overhead allocations(10) (10) (5) 25
 
(Provision) benefit for income taxes(7) (5) 
 4
 (8)
Net income (loss)$10
 $31
 $(4) $3
 $40
$26
 $19
 $2
 $(11) $36
Intersegment revenue$(4) $2
 $5
 $(3) $
Intersegment (expense) revenue$(4) $7
 $6
 $(9) $
                  
Average balances                  
Loans held-for-sale$14
 $4,462
 $
 $
 $4,476
$71
 $3,195
 $
 $
 $3,266
Loans with government guarantees
 264
 
 
 264

 455
 
 
 455
Loans held-for-investment(2)6,764
 10
 
 29
 6,803
9,156
 12
 
 29
 9,197
Total assets6,843
 5,743
 30
 3,823
 16,439
9,577
 4,624
 56
 4,181
 18,438
Deposits7,498
 
 1,507
 
 9,005
9,983
 
 2,528
 395
 12,906
(1)Includes offsetting adjustments made to reclassify income and expenses relating to operating leases and custodial deposits for subservicing clients.
(2)Includes adjustment made to reclassify operating lease assets to loans held-for-investment.


Three Months Ended September 30, 2016Three Months Ended March 31, 2018
Community Banking Mortgage Originations Mortgage Servicing Other TotalCommunity Banking Mortgage Originations Mortgage Servicing Other (1) Total
(Dollars in millions)(Dollars in millions)
Summary of Operations                  
Net interest income$54
 $24
 $7
 $(5) $80
$69
 $31
 $2
 $4
 $106
Net gain (loss) on loan sales(1) 95
 
 
 94
(2) 62
 
 
 60
Representation and warranty benefit
 6
 
 
 6
Other noninterest income8
 4
 13
 31
 56
8
 19
 19
 5
 51
Total net interest income and noninterest income61
 129
 20
 26
 236
75
 112
 21
 9
 217
(Provision) for loan losses(7) 
 
 
 (7)
Depreciation and amortization expense(1) (2) 
 (5) (8)
Other noninterest expense(43) (66) (25) 
 (134)
(Provision) benefit for loan losses(1) 
 
 1
 
Compensation and benefits(17) (29) (4) (30) (80)
Other noninterest expense and directly allocated overhead(26) (41) (16) (10) (93)
Total noninterest expense(44) (68) (25) (5) (142)(43) (70) (20) (40) (173)
Income (loss) before income taxes10
 61
 (5) 21
 87
Provision (benefit) for income taxes3
 22
 (2) 7
 30
Income (loss) before indirect overhead allocations and income taxes31
 42
 1
 (30) 44
Overhead allocations(11) (18) (5) 34
 
(Provision) benefit for income taxes(4) (5) 
 
 (9)
Net income (loss)$7
 $39
 $(3) $14
 $57
$16
 $19
 $(4) $4
 $35
Intersegment revenue$(1) $(1) $6
 $(4) $
Intersegment (expense) revenue$(1) $
 $5
 $(4) $
                  
Average balances                  
Loans held-for-sale$16
 $3,400
 $
 $
 $3,416
$12
 $4,219
 $
 $
 $4,231
Loans with government guarantees
 432
 
 
 432

 291
 
 
 291
Loans held-for-investment(2)5,843
 5
 
 
 5,848
7,489
 6
 
 29
 7,524
Total assets5,904
 4,835
 26
 3,383
 14,148
7,638
 5,527
 35
 3,890
 17,090
Deposits7,273
 
 1,853
 
 9,126
7,739
 
 1,541
 91
 9,371
 Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017
 Community Banking Mortgage Originations Mortgage Servicing Other Total

(Dollars in millions)
Summary of Operations         
Net interest income$171
 $96
 $16
 $
 $283
Net gain (loss) on loan sales(7) 196
 
 
 189
Representation and warranty benefit
 11
 
 
 11
Other noninterest income23
 66
 40
 17
 146
Total net interest income and noninterest income187
 369
 56
 17
 629
(Provision) benefit for loan losses(3) (3) 
 2
 (4)
Depreciation and amortization expense(6) (5) (3) (14) (28)
Other noninterest expense(138) (227) (71) (1) (437)
Total noninterest expense(144) (232) (74) (15) (465)
Income (loss) before income taxes40
 134
 (18) 4
 160
Provision (benefit) for income taxes14
 47
 (6) (3) 52
Net income (loss)$26
 $87
 $(12) $7
 $108
Intersegment revenue$(5) $3
 $14
 $(12) $
          
Average balances         
Loans held-for-sale$16
 $3,998
 $
 $
 $4,014
Loans with government guarantees
 300
 
 
 300
Loans held-for-investment6,191
 7
 
 29
 6,227
Total assets6,262
 5,307
 36
 3,801
 15,406
Deposits7,438
 
 1,409
 
 8,847

 Nine Months Ended September 30, 2016
 Community Banking Mortgage Originations Mortgage Servicing Other Total
 (Dollars in millions)
Summary of Operations         
Net interest income$150
 $67
 $17
 $2
 $236
Net gain (loss) on loan sales8
 251
 
 
 259
Representation and warranty benefit
 12
 
 
 12
Other noninterest income21
 15
 41
 41
 118
Total net interest income and noninterest income179
 345
 58
 43
 625
(Provision) benefit for loan losses9
 
 
 
 9
Depreciation and amortization expense(5) (4) (2) (12) (23)
Other noninterest expense(131) (188) (70) (6) (395)
Total noninterest expense(136) (192) (72) (18) (418)
Income (loss) before income taxes52
 153
 (14) 25
 216
Provision (benefit) for income taxes18
 54
 (5) 6
 73
Net income (loss)$34
 $99
 $(9) $19
 $143
Intersegment revenue$(2) $(1) $18
 $(15) $
          
Average balances         
Loans held-for-sale$83
 $2,988
 $
 $
 $3,071
Loans with government guarantees
 450
 
 
 450
Loans held-for-investment5,689
 6
 
 
 5,695
Total assets5,798
 4,328
 36
 3,549
 13,711
Deposits7,080
 
 1,523
 
 8,603
(1)Includes offsetting adjustments made to reclassify income and expenses relating to operating leases and custodial deposits for subservicing clients.
(2)Includes adjustment made to reclassify operating lease assets to loans held-for-investment.

Note 2019 - Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
    
Adoption of New Accounting Standards

The following ASUs have been adopted which impact our significant accounting policies and/or have a significant financial impact:

Leases - In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) which supersedes Topic 840. The guidance requires lessees to recognize substantially all leases on their balance sheet as a right-of-use asset and a lease liability. Effective January 1, 2019, we have adopted the requirements of ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) and all related amendments. The Company has elected to apply the practical expedient of forgoing the restatement of comparative periods. In addition, we have elected the practical expedients permitted under transition guidance to not reassess leases entered into prior to adoption. As permitted under ASC 842, the Company has made an accounting policy election to exempt leases with an initial term of twelve months or less from balance sheet recognition. Instead, short-term leases will be expensed over the lease term with no impact to the balance sheet.
At March 31, 2019, our inventory of leases included various bank branches, ATM locations and retail home lending offices. Many of our leases contain options to extend or terminate early and we consider these options when evaluating the lease term to determine if they are reasonably certain to exercise based on all relevant economic and financial factors. All leases are classified as operating leases based on their terms.











The following table reflects information relating to our operating leases:
  As of/For the Three Months Ended
  March 31, 2019
  (Dollars in millions)
Operating Leases  
Right-of-use asset (1)
 $20
Lease liability (1)
 $20
Lease expense (2)
 $3
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years) 4.2
Weighted-average discount rate 2.95%
(1)Right-of-use asset and lease liability are recorded in premises and equipment and other liabilities, respectively, on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.
(2)Includes de-minimis amount of short-term lease expense and variable lease expense.

The following table presents our undiscounted cash flows on our operating lease liabilities as of March 31, 2019 and our minimum contractual obligations on our operating leases as of December 31, 2018:
  March 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
  (Dollars in millions)
Within one year $8
 $9
After one year and within two years 5
 6
After two years and within three years 4
 4
After three years and within four years 2
 2
After four years and within five years 1
 1
After five years 2
 3
Total (1)
 $22
 $25
(1)The difference between the total undiscounted cash payments on operating leases and the lease liability is solely the effect of discounting.

We adopted the following accounting standard updates (ASU) during 2017,2019, none of which had a material impact to our financial statements:
Standard Description Effective Date
ASU 2016-172019-01 ConsolidationLeases (Topic 810)842): Interests Held Through Related Parties That are Under Common ControlCodification Improvements January 1, 20172019
ASU 2016-092018-20 Compensation - Leases (Topic 842): Narrow-Scope Improvements for LessorsJanuary 1, 2019
ASU 2018-16Derivatives and hedging (Topic 815): Inclusion of the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) Overnight Index Swap (OIS) Rate as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting PurposesJanuary 1, 2019
ASU 2018-11Leases (Topic 842): Targeted ImprovementsJanuary 1, 2019
ASU 2018-10Codification Improvements to Topic 842, LeasesJanuary 1, 2019
ASU 2018-07Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to EmployeeNonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting January 1, 20172019
ASU 2016-072017-11 Investments -Earnings Per Share (Topic 260); Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Simplifying the Transition to the Equity Method of AccountingJanuary 1, 2017
ASU 2016-06480); Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Contingent Put(Part I) Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features, (Part II) Replacement of the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Call Options in Debt InstrumentsCertain Mandatorily Redeemable Non-controlling Interests with a Scope. January 1, 20172019
ASU 2016-052017-08 DerivativesReceivables - Nonrefundable Fees and Hedging (Topic 815)Other Costs (Subtopic 310-20): Effect of Derivative Contract NovationsPremium Amortization on Existing Hedge RelationshipsPurchased Callable Debt Securities January 1, 20172019
ASU 2017-06Plan Accounting - Defined Benefit Pension Plans (Topic 960), Defined Contribution Pension Plans (Topic 962), Health and Welfare Benefit Plans (Topic 965): Employee Benefit Plan Master Trust ReportingJanuary 1, 2019


Accounting Standards Issued But Not Yet Adopted

The following ASUs have been issued and are expected to result in a significant change to our significant accounting policies and/or have a significant financial impact:
    
Derivatives and Hedging - In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities. The amendments were designed to more closely align hedge accounting requirements with users’ risk management strategies. ASU 2017-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and early adoption is permitted. We do not expect adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. However, the guidance is expected to provide a broader range of hedge accounting opportunities and simplify the internal documentation requirements for our existing cash flow hedge relationships.


Credit Losses- In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326). The ASU alters the current method for recognizing credit losses within the reserve account. Currently, an institution useswe use the incurred loss method, whereas the new guidance requires financial assets to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected (i.e., net of expected credit losses). The measurement of expected credit losses should be based on relevant information about past events, including historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. ASU 2016-13 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019.

Our cross-functional implementation team continues to execute on its project plan and has been working with an industry leading vendor to finalize the development of our credit loss models. We have established an internal steering committeeexpect to lead the implementation efforts. The steering committee isbe capable of running a CECL parallel production process in the processsecond half of evaluating control2019 and process framework, data, model, and resource requirements and areas where modifications will be required.ready for the adoption of the standard in the first quarter of 2020. During the first quarter of 2019, we began to finalize our portfolio and model segmentation and we plan to prepare data for use by the models, begin model testing, and continue developing accounting internal controls around data, modeling, and CECL governance in the second quarter of 2019. We are currently evaluating the impact the adoption of the guidance will have on our Consolidated Financial Statements, and highlight that any impact will be contingent upon the underlying characteristics of the affected portfolio and macroeconomic and internal forecasts at adoption date. We do not expect any material allowance on held to maturity securities since the majority of this portfolio consists of agency-backed securities that have an immaterial risk of credit loss.

Leases - In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842): Section A - Leases: Amendments to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, Section B - Conforming Amendments Related to Leases: Amendment to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, Section C - Background Information and Basis For Conclusions. Lessees will need to recognize substantially all leases on their balance sheet as a right-of-use asset and a lease liability. For income statement purposes, the FASB retained a dual model, requiring leases to be classified as either operating or finance. Classification will be based on criteria that are largely similar to those applied in current lease accounting. ASU 2016-02 is effective retrospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and early adoption is permitted. The guidance in ASU 2016-02 supersedes Topic 840, Leases. Upon adoption and implementation, we expect to gross up assets and liabilities due to the recognition of lease liabilities and right of use assets associated with the underlying lease contracts. While we do not expect the adoption of the guidance to have a material impact on our Consolidated Statements of Operations given our current inventory of leases, review is ongoing and we will continue to evaluate the impact to the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition and to capital.

Revenue from Contracts with Customers - In May 2014, FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)." Under the amended guidance, an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration in exchange for those goods or services. The FASB has voted to approve a year deferral of the effective date from January 1, 2017 to January 1, 2018. In April 2016, the FASB clarified the following two aspects: identifying performance obligations and the licensing implementation guidance, while retaining the related principles for those areas. In May 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-12 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients, to provide a limited number of changes to its revenue recognition standard. The amendments clarify the assessment of the likelihood that revenue will be collected from a contract, the guidance for presenting sales taxes and similar taxes, and the timing for measuring customer payments that are not in cash. The amendment also specifies that a contract should be considered complete if all, or substantially all, of its revenue has been collected prior to making the transition to the new standard. In addition, the update clarifies the disclosure requirements for transition to the new standard by adjusting amounts from prior reporting periods. In December 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-20 Technical Corrections and Improvement to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. We will implement the revenue recognition guidance in the first quarter of 2018 utilizing the cumulative-effect approach. Our implementation of the guidance includes creating an inventory of revenue contracts and assessing whether the recognition of revenue associated with each contract will be impacted by the new guidance, particularly related to certain fees. Lease contracts and financial instruments, which include loans and securities, are excluded from the scope of this standard. Therefore, we do not anticipate the implementation of the revenue recognition guidance to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. The initial scoping has been completed and the amount of in scope revenue is less than 3% of total revenue. Additionally, the recognition of revenue for in scope items is not anticipated to materially change such that we do not expect implementation of the revenue recognition guidance to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements or associated disclosures.


The following ASUs have been issued and are not expected to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements and/or significant accounting policies:
Standard Description Effective Date
ASU 2017-112018-19 Earnings Per Share (Topic 260); Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480); Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): (Part I) Accounting for CertainCodification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments with Down Round Features, (Part II) Replacement of the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Non-controlling Interests with a Scope.Instruments—Credit Losses January 1, 20192020
ASU 2017-102018-18 Service ConcessionCollaborative Arrangements (Topic 853)808): DeterminingClarifying the Customer of the Operation ServicesInteraction between Topic 808 and Topic 606January 1, 2020
ASU 2018-17Consolidation (Topic 810): Targeted Improvements to Related Party Guidance for Variable Interest EntitiesJanuary 1, 2020
ASU 2018-15Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force) January 1, 2018
ASU 2017-09Update 2017-09—Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification AccountingJanuary 1, 2018
ASU 2017-08Receivables - Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Subtopic 310-20): Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt SecuritiesJanuary 1, 2019
ASU 2017-07Compensation - Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit CostJanuary 1, 2018
ASU 2017-06Plan Accounting - Defined Benefit Pension Plans (Topic 960), Defined Contribution Pension Plans (Topic 962), Health and Welfare Benefit Plans (Topic 965): Employee Benefit Plan Master Trust ReportingJanuary 1, 2019
ASU 2017-05Other Income - Gains and Losses from the De-recognition of Non-financial Assets (Subtopic 610-20): Clarifying the Scope of Asset De-recognition Guidance and Accounting for Partial Sales of Non-financial AssetsJanuary 1, 20182020
ASU 2017-04 Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment January 1, 2020
ASU 2017-01Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a BusinessJanuary 1, 2018
ASU 2016-18Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted CashJanuary 1, 2018
ASU 2016-16Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than InventoryJanuary 1, 2018
ASU 2016-15Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash PaymentsJanuary 1, 2018
ASU 2016-04Liabilities - Extinguishment of Liabilities (Subtopic 504-20): Recognition of Breakage for Certain Prepaid Stored-Value ProductsJanuary 1, 2018
ASU 2016-01Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial LiabilitiesJanuary 1, 2018

Note 20 - Subsequent Events

Subsequent to March 31, 2019, we became aware that one of our commercial borrowers was unexpectedly ceasing their reverse mortgage origination business. The following table presents our credit exposure to this borrower.
 March 31, 2019 May 10, 2019
 (Dollars in millions)
Amount outstanding 
Collateralized C&I loan$69
 $69
Outstanding warehouse line, collateralized by agency mortgage loans6
 5
Total$75
 $74

The commercial loan is collateralized by certain interest-only GNMA securities, held by a third party custodian. A recent independent valuation conducted by us indicates that this collateral has a fair value between $35 and $40 million. While it is too early to determine the extent of the loss we may have on this loan, we plan to pursue all available sources of collection including other assets of the company, a personal guarantee and other legal remedies to minimize our credit exposure related to this loan. We will determine and record the appropriate carrying value during the second quarter of 2019.

We expect to be fully repaid on the outstanding warehouse line and no further draws on this line can be made.



Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

A discussion regarding our management of market risk is included in "Market Risk" in this report in "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

(a)
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. As of September 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Exchange Act"), an evaluation was performed by the Company’s management, including our principal executive and financial officers, regarding the design and effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based upon that evaluation, the principal executive and financial officers have concluded that our current disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission's rules and forms as of September 30, 2017.March 31, 2019.

(b)
Changes in Internal Controls. There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(d) of the Exchange Act) during the three months ended September 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.


PART II

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

From time to time, the Company is party to legal proceedings incidental to its business. For further information, see Note 1716 - Legal Proceedings, Contingencies and Commitments.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

The Company believes that there have been no material changes to the risk factors previously disclosed in response to Item 1A1A. to Part I, of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 20162018.

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

Sale of Unregistered Securities

The Company made no sales of unregistered securities during the quarter ended September 30, 2017.March 31, 2019.
 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The Companyfollowing table provides information with respect to all repurchases of common stock made no purchasesby or on behalf of its equity securitiesthe Company during the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2017.March 31, 2019.

Period Total Number of Shares Purchased Average Price per Share Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plan (1)(2) Maximum Number of Shares that May Yet be Purchased Under the Plan
January 1, 2019 to January 31, 2019 646
 $27.52
 646
 
February 1, 2019 to February 28, 2019 1,329,011
 $30.85
 1,329,011
 291,735
March 1, 2019 to March 31, 2019 
 $
 
 291,735
(1)On January 31, 2019, our Board of Directors announced an accelerated share repurchase ("ASR") agreement with Wells Fargo, N.A. to repurchase $50 million of the Company's common stock. The ASR program commenced on February 1, 2019. Under the terms of the ASR, the Company received a delivery of 1.3 million shares which represented 82 percent of the total number of shares repurchased pursuant to the ASR program, based on the closing price of $30.85 on January 31, 2019. The total number of shares to be repurchased will be based on the average of the Company's daily volume-weighted average stock price, less a discount, during the term of the ASR program, which is expected to be completed by the end of the second quarter of 2019.
(2)On October 16, 2018, the Board of Directors approved the offer to repurchase common stock from beneficial owners of 99 or fewer shares of common stock, commonly referred to as an odd-lot buyback. This repurchase offer is complete and expired on January 11, 2019.

Item 3. Defaults upon Senior Securities

The Company had no defaults on senior securities.     

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

None.

Item 5. Other Information

None.



Item 6. Exhibits 
Exhibit No. Description
3.1 
   
3.2 
4.1
4.2
4.3
   
1110.1*+ 
10.2*+
   
31.1 
  
31.2 
  
32.1 
   
32.2 
  
101 Financial statements from Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company for the quarter ended September 30, 2017,March 31, 2019, formatted in XBRL: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (vi) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

* Incorporated herein by reference
+ Constitutes a management contract or compensation plan or arrangement



SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
 
    
   FLAGSTAR BANCORP, INC.
   Registrant
    
Date:November 6, 2017May 10, 2019 /s/ Alessandro DiNello
   Alessandro DiNello
   President and Chief Executive Officer
   (Principal Executive Officer)
    
   /s/ James K. Ciroli
   James K. Ciroli
   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
   (Principal Financial Officer)




EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No. Description
3.1 
   
3.2 
4.1
4.2
4.3
   
1110.1*+ 
10.2*+
   
31.1 
  
31.2 
  
32.1 
   
32.2 
  
101 
Financial statements from Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company for the quarter ended September 30, 2017,March 31, 2018, formatted in XBRL: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (vi) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

* Incorporated herein by reference
+ Constitutes a management contract or compensation plan or arrangement


8775